Login
Copyright (c) 2014 by Luigi2Power Conditions of Use    Privacy Policy Return to Blogmeister
Luigi2Power -- Blogmeister

Luigi2Power

2009

www.flickr.com

by Luigi2Power

teacher: Gordon Brune

Class Assignments
Blog Entries
Letter to my 12th grade self (A) 06/26/09
Constitution Works (A) 06/26/09
The sand lot (A) 06/23/09
Want to eat without killing the environment? Then read this! (A) 06/09/09
What is your favorite week day? (WP) 05/29/09
Unusual Friendship (N) 05/29/09
Pet raccon (WP) 05/21/09
The Red Bull Air Race World Championships (N) 05/19/09
Fox gets head stunk in a jar (WP) 05/15/09
What is your favorite sport? (WP) 05/14/09
Show All

Title: Writing Projects (WP) (01/28/09)
Description: 1. Think of all the different kinds of writing we can do!
2. Draft the writing in your Writing Notebook.
3. Key it over on the AlphaSmart or on a computer. Think about adding or changing anything to make it even better (editrevise)!
4. Transfer to a computer and save it in your userfile folder.
5. Copypaste to your webpage and request publishing.
6. Record yourself reading the writing! Or video yourself reading it! Then we can post the recording or video to your webpage, too!

Article posted September 17, 2008 at 03:15 PM GMT0 • comment (7) • Reads 3203

Once upon a time lived a 23 year old princess named Jennta Ellen. She lived in the land Nark. Her mother and father had given her the whole day to find a prince, by that night. See, in Nark if you are a princess you are a queen at age 24. But Jenna was turning 24 in 7 hours, at 9:00 that night.



“Knock, Knock, Eelier in the house,” said Eelier.



“Oh, Hi, Eelier, Ashley, and hey, Alex and Briana,” said Jennta.



“Hey,” said Alex.



“Come on girls, let's go find my prince," said Jennta.



And so Alex, Eelier, Ashley Brianna and Jennta set out to find a prince.





In the woods.



“Can I ask you girls a little question?” said Ashley.



“What?” said Alex.



“Is this the part of the woods that the dragon lives in?” said Ashley



“Oh, snap! You're right Ashley,” said Eelier.



“Run!” said Alex.



And so they ran. But all their yelling woke the dragon.



Just as Jennta was about to get eaten. . .



“I will save you” said Joe Jonas as he killed the dragon.



And so that was how the princess was saved.

Article posted September 17, 2008 at 03:15 PM GMT0 • comment (7) • Reads 3203



Article posted December 1, 2008 at 03:38 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 100

Once upon a time lived a boy. You don’t know him, but you see him. And the world will need him.



Ring, ring, ring went the alarm clock as Jimmy Tonlok woke up. He was a normal kid like you and me but he was more than that; he was the luckiest boy in the world. He just didn’t know it yet.



At Shea School



It was 8:00, the start of school. But Jimmy wished it was the end.



“OK, class, today is a pretty day but it’s about to get ugly. I want a 7,000,567 page report. But write it in 3 minutes. If you can’t, you will go in the corner and do 5,000,000,000 pushups,” said Ms.goo.



“But Ms goo,” said Jennifer Mar. As she was about to tell Ms.Goo she can’t do that a crash went through the door.



“Hello, we are looking for Jimmy Tonlok,” said two guys looking like they were from NASA.



“I’m Jimmy Tonlok,” said Jimmy looking at them in a weird way.



“Come with us young man,” said one guys with the name of Mike. As they said that, Jimmy went with them.



At NASA



“Guys, can I ask you a question: Why am I here?” said Jimmy thinking about it.



“Well, you are here because there is a project we need to get done,” said another guy named Carl.



“Well, what’s the project?” asked Jimmy .



“Well, the project is going to space and finding a space theme.



On the space ship



“Ok guys I’m set and sitting,” said Jimmy .



”Ok, the ship will leave in 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 bye” said another guy named David.



“Ok, bye,” said Jimmy .



In space



“Ok, finding something in space can’t be too hard,” said Jimmy as he started to look around.



Meeting a new friend



One second later Jimmy heard something, something weird. And he saw something, something weird.



“Shhhh, shhh, who are you?” said a girl. She was an alien princess.



“I’m Jimmy,” said Jimmy talking in a really slow voice.



“Well, hello, my name is Skylar ,” said Skylar learning how Jimmy spoke.



“Well, Skylar, how would you like to come to earth with me?” said Jimmy hoping that she would. To Jimmy she was the prettiest girl he had ever met. Sure she had green skin, but she had the prettiest eyes and smile.



At planet earth



At planet earth Jimmy and Skylar were at NASA. “Hey, guys, look what I found,” said Jimmy walking out of the space ship. Then second to walk out was Skylar. “Oh, my Jimmy, do you know what you just did,” said another guy with the name of Andrew.



“I brought back an alien, right?” said Jimmy feeling happy.



“Yeah,” said Andrew as he fell to the ground.



Getting back



Back on Skylar’s home planet



”Goodbye,” said Jimmy.



“Goodbye,” said Skylar.



As Skylar walked away Jimmy started to cry. Then Skylar turned around and said, “I will never forget you.”



The End

Article posted December 1, 2008 at 03:38 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 100



Article posted December 1, 2008 at 03:40 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 85

1 green

2 red

3 blue

4 yellow

5 orange

Article posted December 1, 2008 at 03:40 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 85



Article posted December 3, 2008 at 12:58 AM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 60

My top 3 songs:



Selena Gomez, "Tell me something I don’t know"



Everybody tells me that it's so hard to make it

Yet so hard to break it

And there's no way to fake it

Everybody tells me that it's wrong what I'm feeling

I shouldn't believe it

The dreams that I'm dreaming

I hear it everyday

I hear it all the time

I'm never gonna amount to much

But they're never gonna change my mind

OH!



Tell me, Tell me, Tell Me

Something I don't know x3

Tell me, tell me, tell me

Something I don't know x3



How many inches in a mile

What it takes to make you smile

Getcha not to treat me like a child, baby



Tell me, tell me, Tell me

Something I don't know something x3

Tell me, Tell me

something I don't know

Tell me, Tell me

something I don't know



Everybody tells me

I Don't know what I'm doing

This life I'm pursuing

The odds of me loosing

Everybody tells me that it's one in a million

Tell Me Something I Don't Know





More like one in a billion

or one in a zillion

I hear it everyday

I hear it all the time

I'm never gonna amount to anything

But they're never gonna change my mind

OH!



Tell me, tell me, Tell me

something I don't know x3

Tell me, tell me, Tell me

something I don't know x3



How many inches in a mile

What it takes to make you smile

Getcha not to treat me like a child, baby

Tell me, Tell me, Tell me

Something I don't know x3



I'm on my way I know

I'm gonna get there someday

It doesn't help when you say

It won't be easy



Tell me, tell me, Tell me

something I don't know x3

Tell me, tell me, Tell me

something I don't know x3



How many inches in a mile

What it takes to make you smile

Getcha not to treat me like a child, baby



Tell me, Tell me, Tell me

Something I don't know x3





Song 2:

"Love story," Taylor Swift



We were both young when I first saw you

I close my eyes

And the flashback starts

I'm standing there

On a balcony in summer air



See the lights,

See the party,

the ball gowns

I see you make your way through the crowd

You say hello

Little did I know



That you were Romeo, you were throwing pebbles

And my daddy said stay away from Juliet

And I was crying on the staircase

Begging you please don't go, and I said



Romeo take me somewhere we can be alone

I'll be waiting all there's left to do is run

You'll be the prince and I'll be the princess

It's a love story baby just say yes



So I sneak out to the garden to see you

We keep quiet cause we're dead if they knew

So close your eyes

Escape this town for a little while



Cause you were Romeo I was a scarlet letter

And my daddy said stay away from Juliet

But you were everything to me

I was begging you please don't go and I said



Romeo take me somewhere we can be alone

Love Story

I'll be waiting all there's left to do is run

You'll be the prince I'll be the princess

It's a love story baby just say yes



Romeo save me, they try to tell me how to feel

This love is difficult, but it's real,

Don't be afraid

We'll make it out of this mess

It's a love story baby just say yes



Oh oh,



I got tired of waiting

Wondering if you were ever coming around

My faith in you was fading

When I met you on the outskirts of town and I said



Romeo save me I've been feeling so alone

I keep waiting for you but you never come

Is this in my head, I don't know what to think

He kneels to the ground and pulled out a ring



And said



Marry me Juliet you'll never have to be alone

I love you and that's all I really know

I talked to your dad, go pick out a white dress

It's a love story baby just say yes



Oh, oh, oh



Oh, oh, oh, oh



Cause we were both young when I first saw you



Song 3: "Imagine," John Lennon



Imagine there's no heaven

It's easy if you try

No hell below us

Above us only sky

Imagine all the people

Living for today...



Imagine there's no countries

It isn't hard to do

Nothing to kill or die for

And no religion too

Imagine all the people

Living life in peace...



You may say I'm a dreamer

But I'm not the only one

Imagine

I hope someday you'll join us

And the world will be as one



Imagine no possession

I wonder if you can

No need for greed or hunger

A brotherhood of man

Imagine all the people

Sharing all the world...



You may say I'm a dreamer

But I'm not the only one

I hope someday you'll join us

And the world will live as one



That’s my favorite 3 songs.

Article posted December 3, 2008 at 12:58 AM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 60



Article posted December 3, 2008 at 09:55 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 77

1 kitten

2 birds

3 puppies

4 lion

5 rabbits

Article posted December 3, 2008 at 09:55 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 77



Article posted December 3, 2008 at 10:07 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 72

1 Joe Jonas

2 Selena Gomez

3 miley Cyrus

4 nick Jonas

5 Ashley Tisdale

4 Nick Jonas

5 Ashley tisdale

Article posted December 3, 2008 at 10:07 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 72



Article posted December 5, 2008 at 03:21 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 69

One day a club was having a meeting.



“OK everyone, tonight will be the camping trip,” said the club captain, Jessica.



“Yay!”said the other club members.



“Where will it be, captian?” said Ashley.



“In the Bayside Camp Place.”



“Yay,” said the club members again.







On the camping trip



“We are here,” said Jessica. She was trying to get everyone in the camping mood.



“This is so cool,” said Christina. She always said cool.



“Yay,”went the club members. They always yelled about everything fun.







Setting up



“OK, this is a great place to set up captain,” said Ashley.



”Yes, it is Ashley,” said Rebecca. ”Right, captain?”



“Yes,” said Jessica. And so they started unpacking.



They heard a noise



“Captain, what is that noise?” said Rebecca getting worried.



”Yeah, captain, what is that noise?” said Ashley getting worried too.



“I don’t know,” said Jessica getting worried too. “Maybe we should go look in the woods and what it is.”



Yeah,” said the other club members.





In the woods.



“Girls, this is so not cool,” said Christina. That was the first time they heard Christina add a not in front of cool.







Later in the woods



The girls were talking. “Girls, I think we went in a circle.”







A second later



Jessica was now all alone “Girls, where are you? Rebbcca?! Ashley?! Christina?! Everyone!?” screamed Jessica.



Here they come



“Hi!” yelled the other club members as they jumped out from behind trees.



And so that was the day the camping trip went on







The End

Article posted December 5, 2008 at 03:21 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 69



Article posted December 8, 2008 at 03:19 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 61

rock girl 98 picture

Article posted December 8, 2008 at 03:19 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 61



Article posted December 8, 2008 at 03:23 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 49

One day there lived a girl named Ashley. She was going to start pre-school the next day. So her mom wanted to take here to the playground to meet other kids that were going to pre-school too.



They were driving and they were going around the corner and right when they turned that corner Ashley's eyes got so wide she started jumping in her car seat and yelling. At first Ashley’s mother was mad with all the noise but when she turned around and saw Ashley's face she knew Ashley was not mad at all.



The End

Article posted December 8, 2008 at 03:23 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 49



Article posted December 11, 2008 at 02:24 AM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 69

1: Barack Obama

2: Abraham Lincoln

3: George Washington

4: John Kennedy

5: Theodore Roosevelt

Article posted December 11, 2008 at 02:24 AM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 69



Article posted December 11, 2008 at 02:19 AM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 64

Hey, it's Rockgirl98 here. I have a sister and no brothers. I have a mom and a dad. I used to have a turtle named Sofia but she died so now I have another turtle named Santos and a 2 fish named Layla and Cody. My sister’s name is Erica and my moms name is Dorothy and my daddy’s name is David.



Well, got to go.

Article posted December 11, 2008 at 02:19 AM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 64



Article posted December 11, 2008 at 07:02 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 72

1: I could tell Erica (my sister) what to do

2: Order pizza when I want

3: I would paint the walls orange

4: Get a pet rat

5: Wake up when I want

6: Eat what I want

7: noone would go to sleep

Article posted December 11, 2008 at 07:02 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 72



Article posted December 11, 2008 at 06:53 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 67

Name: Joseph Adam Jonas

Nick name: Danger because he is crazy

Best friends: Amelia

As a child he was: funnymazing

Brothers: Kevin, Frankie and Nick

First car: can’t drive yet

First cd ever brought: Britney Spears

First theme park ever visted: Six Flags

First movie: Homeward Bound

First concert: Kenny G.

Best subject: math because he likes to challenge himself

Best teacher: John Taylor

Do you find math easy or hard: hard

Do you like history: no, I love it.



The End

Article posted December 11, 2008 at 06:53 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 67



Article posted December 11, 2008 at 06:57 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 65

1: Jennifer

2: Nickjonaslover

3: Kim

4: Tap girl

5: Nicole P.

6: Cheergirl98)

7: Flowergirl

8: Musicgirl

9: Famousstar30000

10: Patrica

11: Shorty11

12: Andero

13: Evelyn

14: Mets1

15: Lydia

16: Chloe

17: Luigi2Power

18: Caitlin

19: Laura

20: Heather

Article posted December 11, 2008 at 06:57 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 65



Article posted December 11, 2008 at 07:00 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 54

My mothers name is: Dorothy

Three words that describe her are: funny, stort and sleepy

My fathers name is: David

Three words that describe him are: bossy, weird and loveable

Other people in my family are: Erica (sister)

The thing I like about my family is: they seem to enjoy me

One thing I don’t like about my family is: I am not the boss of them.

Article posted December 11, 2008 at 07:00 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 54



Article posted December 11, 2008 at 07:07 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 55

Once upon a time, there were three special friends. Their names were Jennifer, Nicole and RockGirl98. One day, they decided to have a picnic at the park.



“Oh, boy, a picnic!” said Nicole. "Let's bring all our favorite foods!”



“Okay, I will bring sandwiches,” said Jennifer.



” I will bring lots of chips” said RockGirl98.



”Mmm-mmm! and I will bring a lot of soda,” said Nicole.”



"I will bring cookies!" said Jennifer.



The next day the friends took their picnic to the park. They spread their blanket under a shady tree with a big trunk. Pretty soon, the weather started to change. The sun disappeared and black clouds rolled in. The air grew cold. Then, all of a sudden there was a loud clap of thunder.



Plop! PLOP! PLOP! wet drops splashed on their heads.



”Oh no! It’s starting to rain!” said Nicole.



”Our picnic will be ruined!”



It was RockGirl98to the rescue! “No, it won’t! I will save the day!” Then, quickly as a flash, RockGirl98 reached into the basket and pulled out an umbrella.



And she saved the day.

Article posted December 11, 2008 at 07:07 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 55



Article posted December 11, 2008 at 07:10 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 61

My new name would be: The Awesome Person



Whenever I walked down the hall, everyone would have to bow and wave to me.



I would wear a crown made out of gold and jelwels.



My long, royal robe would be made out of velvet.



There would be a golden throne in the lunch room.

Article posted December 11, 2008 at 07:10 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 61



Article posted December 12, 2008 at 03:16 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 108

Editor's note: Click the Click the "play in browser" link below to hear RockGirl98 and Rocer87 sing this!]



It’s a Christmas Day

by RockGirl98 and Rocker87



RockGirl98: It’s December 25. It’s Christmas day. Time for joy and time for cheer.

Rocker87: little ones slake and queer

RockGirl98: only one day of the year

Rocker87: Santa is everywhere. The children are near.

RockGirl98: keeping out the cookies and waiting for their new toys

Rocker87: everyone makes sure they are not naughty

RockGirl98: if they are they get coal

Rocker87: and nobody wants that

RockGirl98: nobody wants that and nobody needs that

Rocker87: want it want it

RockGirl98: need it need it

Rocker87: Santa is coming

RockGirl98: Santa is coming

Both: Santa is Santa is coming

‘Cause wake up wake up it’s Christmas day

Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted December 12, 2008 at 03:16 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 108



Article posted January 13, 2009 at 03:05 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 102

human body

Article posted January 13, 2009 at 03:05 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 102



Article posted January 22, 2009 at 03:25 PM GMT0 • comment • Reads 52

[Editor's note: Lyrics by Sarah Bareilles. Sung by RockGirl and NickJonasLuver. Click the "play podcast link" at the end of the lyrics to hear them.}



Head underwater

And they tell me

To breathe easy for a while

Breathing gets harder, even I know that

Made room for me;

It's too soon to see

If I'm happy in your hands

I'm unusually hard to hold on to



Blank stares at blank pages

No easy way to say this

You mean well, but you make this hard on me



I'm not gonna write you a love song

'Cause you asked for it

'Cause you need one,

You see



I'm not gonna write you

A love song

'Cause you tell me it's

Make or breaking this

If you're on your way



I'm not gonna write you to

Stay

If all you have is leavin',

I'ma need a better reason

To write you

A love song

Today

Today, Yeah



I learned the hard way

That they all say

Things you want to hear



My heavy heart sinks deep down under

You and your twisted words,

Your help just hurts

You are not what I thought you were

Hello to high and dry



Convince me to please you

Make me think that I need this too

I'm trying to let you hear me as I am



I'm not gonna write you a love song

'Cause you asked for it

'Cause you need one,

You see



I'm not gonna write you

A love song

'Cause you tell me it's

Make or breaking this

If you're on your way



I'm not gonna write you to

Stay

If all you have is leavin',

I'ma need a better reason

To write you

A love song

Today



Promise me that you'll leave the light on

To help me see

With daylight, my guide, gone

'Cause I believe there's a way you can love me

Because I say

I'm not gonna write you a love song

'Cause you asked for it

'Cause you need one,

You see



I'm not gonna write you

A love song

'Cause you tell me it's

Make or breaking this

Is that why you wanted a love song?

'Cause you asked for it?

'Cause you need one?

You see



I'm not gonna write you a love song

'Cause you tell me it's

Make or break in this

Or you're on your way

I'm not gonna write you

To stay



If your heart is nowhere in it

I don't want it for a minute

Babe, I'll walk the seven seas when I believe that

There's a reason to write you

A love song

Today




Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted January 22, 2009 at 03:25 PM GMT0 • comment • Reads 52



Article posted January 27, 2009 at 03:59 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 62

Lyrics by Taylor Swift

Audio by NickJonasLuver and RockGirl



We were both young when I first saw you.

I close my eyes and the flashback starts:

I'm standing there on a balcony in summer air.



See the lights, see the party, the ball gowns.

See you make your way through the crowd

and say hello;



Little did I know

That you were Romeo; you were throwing pebbles,

And my daddy said, "Stay away from Juliet."

And I was crying on the staircase,

begging you, 'Please, don't go.'



And I said,

"Romeo, take me somewhere we can be alone.

I'll be waiting; all there's left to do is run.

You'll be the prince and I'll be the princess

It's a love story - baby just say 'Yes.'



So I sneak out to the garden to see you.

We keep quiet 'cause we're dead if they knew.

So close your eyes; escape this town for a little while.

'Cause you were Romeo, I was a scarlet letter,

And my daddy said "Stay away from Juliet,"

But you were everything to me; I was begging you, 'Please, don't go,'



And I said,

"Romeo, take me somewhere we can be alone.

I'll be waiting; all there's left to do is run.

You'll be the prince and I'll be the princess

It's a love story - baby just say 'Yes.'



Romeo save me; they're tryin' to tell me how to feel.

This love is difficult, but it's real.

Don't be afraid; we'll make it out of this mess.

It's a love story - baby just say 'Yes.'



Oh.



I got tired of waiting,

Wondering if you were ever comin' around.

My faith in you was fading

When I met you on the outskirts of town.



And I said,

"Romeo save me - I've been feeling so alone.

I keep waiting for you but you never come.

Is this in my head? I don't know what to think-"



He knelt to the ground and pulled out a ring and said,

"Marry me, Juliet. you'll never have to be alone.

I love you and that's all I really know.

I talked to your dad, go pick out a white dress;

It's a love story - baby just say 'Yes.'



Oh, oh.



We were both young when I first saw you...

Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted January 27, 2009 at 03:59 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 62



Article posted April 16, 2009 at 01:54 AM GMT0 • comment • Reads 65

Lyrics by Demi Lavato

Hear it performed by RockGirl by clicking the link at the end.



I've always been the kind of girl

That hid my face

So afraid to tell the world

What I've got to say

But I had this dream

Bright inside of me

I'm going to let it show

It's time

To let you know

To let you know



This is the real, this is me

I'm exactly where I'm supposed to be now

Gonna let the light

Shine on me

Now I've found

Who I am

There's no way to hold it in

No more hiding who I want to be

This is me



Do you know what it's like to feel so in the dark

To dream about a life where you're the shining star

Even though it seems

Like it's to far away

I have to believe in myself

It's the only way



This is the real, this is me

I'm exactly where I'm supposed to be now

Gonna let the light

Shine on me

Now I've found

Who I am

There's no way to hold it in

No more hiding who I want to be

This is me



You're the voice I hear inside my head

The reason that I'm singing

I need to find you

I gotta find you

You're the missing piece I need

The song inside of me

I need to find you

I gotta find you

This is the real, this is me

I'm exactly where I'm supposed to be now

Gonna let the light

Shine on me

Now I've found who I am

There's no way to hold it in

No more hiding who I want to be



This is me

You're the missing piece I need

The song inside of me

This is me

You're the voice I hear inside my head

The reason that I'm singing



Now I found who I am

There's no way to hold it in

No more hiding who I want to be

This is me


Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted April 16, 2009 at 01:54 AM GMT0 • comment • Reads 65



Article posted February 4, 2009 at 04:11 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 58

by Miranda Cosgrove

Sung by RockGirl (Click on "Play podcast" button below.)



Summer love isn't meant to be and it's only fantasy that's what everyone's telling me, stay my baby

Even know it's a little rushed let me know that you'll keep in touch

If you don't it will hurt too much, stay my baby

Oh-oh-oh-oh tell me right now oh-oh-oh-oh how it's going down



Everything will be ok, everything will be alright

I know that it will go my way if you stay my baby

I'm never gonna give you up I'm never gonna have enough

So now 'til forever stay my baby



Now that I've gone back to school all I did was think of you

Sitting up here in my room, going crazy

But then you call, gets me through it all

Everytime I hear you say, stay my baby



Everything will be ok, everything will be alright

I know that it will go my way if you stay my baby

I'm never gonna give you up I'm never gonna have enough

So now 'til forever stay my baby

(stay my baby)



Stay my baby, stay my baby, stay my baby, stay my baby



Tell me right now oh-oh-oh-oh how it's going down

Everything will be ok everything will be alright

I know that it will go my way if you stay my baby

I'm never gonna give you up I'm never gonna have enough

So now 'til forever stay my baby



Stay my baby stay my baby stay my baby stay my baby

I'm never gonna give you up I'm never gonna have enough

So now 'til forever stay my baby

Stay my baby

Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted February 4, 2009 at 04:11 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 58



Article posted February 26, 2009 at 07:11 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 74

I would like to make this story for TapGirl, a very special princess.







Once upon a time in a land far away lived a very pretty princess named Emily. She had always been a good girl as a child but she grew up to be a nasty teenager. She was mean to everyone: her mom, her dad, and her little brother.



One day she was out on her walk in the woods. She was a nasty princess, but she loved the woods so much. As she was walking she bumped into someone.



Wwatch where you're going poor one,” said princess Emily.



”Well, my bad,” said a fine young man named Joseph.



Well, they kept on talking but every word Joseph said was like no words to her at all. She was not looking at his face but to her looking at him was like looking in his heart and loving every beat.



She returned home as she dreamed about him. She went to tell her father the good news about finding the one she liked. When she told him he said, ”Joseph? Joseph James?” spiting out his water.



”Yes, fat father” said Emily.



”No, no, Dear Emily, you may not see this Joseph again.”



”Well, why not?” Emily said getting sad. (She thought ever since she was two she could get away with everything by getting sad.)



”Well. . .well. . .because his uncle is a potty mouth to this kingdom.”



”Well, okay father" said Emily. But she was not giving up. She loved him and to her, her love was strong and hard.



The next day she went to the woods to try to find the Joseph she liked but no one was there. She went farther and farther into the woods when she saw a giant, giant, giant castle. She knocked on the door. There there was the handsome Joseph standing in the door.



”Oh, hello little girl. Are you looking for your mommy?” said Joseph trying to be funny.



”Well, no, I am not looking for my mother,”said Emily. ”But I did come here for a question if I may ask you.”



"Alright then, ask it my dear” said Joseph.'



”Alright then, I want to know if you would like to go to the ball with me” said Emily, hoping that Joseph would say yes.



”Um. . .well. . .um. . .well. . .um. . .um. . .um. . .um. . .um. . .” said Joseph.



”OK, I understand. Sorry for the bother” said Emily starting to walk down the steps.



”Well, I wanted to say that I would love to ”said Joseph.



”Great!” said Emily as she walked away back into the woods. ”Pick me up at 7:00, OK?”



So Emily got ready. First she started with her outfit. Then she got her hair done. Then the most important thing of all, the makeup. And at the end she had a pink dress with white and yellow laces around the front and pink cheeks with light pink lip gloss. She looked like the prettiest girl in the world and in one minute she would see her prince.

Article posted February 26, 2009 at 07:11 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 74



Article posted March 20, 2009 at 01:46 AM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 108

Addie’s whole world turned upside down when she saw a flyer on her walk home from school. Outside her school a flyer read: Dance on Friday. She took one of the many flyers and ran home as fast as she could.



When she got home she opened the door and ran in her room. While she was running, she bumped into the wall that was orange. Her mom loved to paint it like that because she was an artist.



After, she throws her backpack on her white, plain old bed. She started to think what it would be like to go to the dance with Joe Valerica.



Chapter 2: The Prefect Dress



Well, the next day Addie went looking for that oh, so, Cinderella dress. When she got to the store she saw lots of dresses so she tried the first on. It was green, one of Addie's favorite colors. She didn’t like it one bit. So she tired on a pink dress, another one of Addie's favorite colors. This one was worse. Then she tried on a purple one, another one of Addie's favorite colors. This one was the best out of all of them so far. So she took the dress off and held it in her hand so no one else could take it. Then right there in front of her was the reddest, prettiest, dress ever to be made. She liked it so she did a little dance! But she was not done. She had the red dress in her hand and the purple dress in her hand. She loved both but there could be one in the store that would be prettier than them together. And there she found it, the whitest, prettiest, silkiest dress ever. Along with it came with a perfect tuxedo for Joe. But first Joe would have to ask her to go with him.



Chapter 3: Joe



Well, at school Addie did everything she could to get Joe's attention. She wore a black skirt with a white and black shirt. Then at the end of the school day, she looked in her locker, looking for her dumb old history book. Joe came up to her and taped her shoulder. “Um, hello. Is this your history book, Addie?”



“You know my name?” said Addie, trying to look cool in front of him and taking the book from him.



“Yeah, I know you from my cousin, Lisa. She says she hangs out with you a lot,” said Joe as he took a picture out from his wallet. “This is her.”



“Yeah that’s her,” said Addie, remembering the girl she was talking to a few days ago.



“So there’s something I want to ask you,” said Joe. “Um, do you, um, want, um, um, to, um, go, um, to the, um, dance, um, with, um, me?” said Joe waiting for her answer.



“Um, well, I would love to,” said Addie.



Chapter 4: The Makeup



It was two days before the dance, and it was time for Addie to get some makeup. She was hoping for something that makes her look like a super model. So when she got in the store she saw the perfect kit full of lipstick, eyeliner, eye shadow, and a mirror. She bought the kit.



Chapter 5: Nails



It was one more day before the dance. She had to do her nails. She thought she would get the color black. She told the lady to do that color. The lady did, and it come out perfect. So she had the nails, the makeup, the dress, and the boy!





Chapter 6: The Day



It was the day. It was her fairytale day, the day she would have everything: the boy and the looks! All she had to do was get dressed and go to school until 2:40 then at 6:00 she would have her for her “Ball”. She got dressed in a pink shirt and brown pants. When she got to school everyone was dressed cool. Normally everyone would dress in ugly clothes. But today everyone looked awesome. But where was Joe?



She looked everywhere for him and found him in gym class all sweaty. She waited outside the gym class. Three minutes later he came out.



“Hey, I didn’t see you there,” said Joe.



“Yeah, well, I was waiting here for about two, three minutes,” said Addie. They walked down the hallway together and then Joe turned left.



“I got to go get ready for the dance. I’ll pick you up at 5:30, ok?”



“Ok,” said Addie.





Chapter 7: 4:00



At 4:00 Addie started getting ready for the dance. First she got on her dress, then her makeup, then her hair that looked amazing. Then she was all set. It was 5:28. In one more minute Joe would be coming. Then the doorbell rang, and Addie’s dad, Addie’s little sister Emily, and her mom answered the doorbell. Joe was there waiting and looking great in his brand new tuxedo. He stepped in their house. Addie’s mom asked Joe if he would like something to drink. Joe said yes so she left to get Joe something to drink while Addie’s mom left. Emily got out her dolls and started playing with them. Ten minutes later Addie came down her steps and smiled. So did Joe. Then they left in the night.





Chapter 8: The Dance



At the dance Addie saw all her friends there in amazing dresses. Addie and Joe started dancing and had a wonderful night.



The End



Article posted March 20, 2009 at 01:46 AM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 108



Article posted April 16, 2009 at 01:57 AM GMT0 • comment • Reads 78

Lyrics from the Nickelodeon movie, "Spectacular"

Hear it performed by RockGirl by clicking the link at the end.



So you're the boy

I heard the rumor



You got the girls

Wrapped around your finger

Such a sweet heart breaker



You're the game I want

To be the player



Oh, you can do whatever you want

It's alright with me

Why don't you break my heart

Make it hurt so bad

Come on give it your best

Nothing less



I insist I want it just like that

Why don't you break my heat

Sounds good to me



Do it over again again again

You're just what I need

Why don't you break my heart



Stare me down intimidate me

Baby please you'll never break me

Bring it on cause I can take



You're so cool the way you play it

You can do whatever you like

It's alright with me

Why don't you break my heart

Make it hurt so bad

Come on give it your best

Nothing Less



I insist I want it just like that

Why don't you break my heart

Sounds good to me



Do it over again again again

You're just what I need



Why don't you break my

Why don't you break my

Why don't you break my

Heart..!


Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted April 16, 2009 at 01:57 AM GMT0 • comment • Reads 78



Article posted April 16, 2009 at 02:02 AM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 83

Lyrics by Hannah Montana

Performed by RockGirl



You ready?

Here we go!



Life is just a party so come as you are.

Dress it up or dress it down, never forget your guitar.

Just be courageous, this styles contagious

Everyone can rock out like a superstar.



Lets get crazy.

Get up and dance

Take a swing, do your thing

If were taking a chance

Lets get crazy

Yeah just kick up your heels

Dont miss out, time to shout

Always keeping it real

Lets get crazy

Crazy



Our songs, Our style

Our hair, Our smile

Our laughs, our heart

Our grace, our smarts



You see me on the cover of a magazine

Remember

Things are always different then the way that it seems

Heres an invitation, to every nation.

Meet me on the dance floor and we'll make the scene.



Lets get crazy.

Get up and dance

Take a swing, do your thing

If were taking a chance

Lets get crazy

Yeah just kick up your heels

Dont miss out, time to shout

Always keeping it real

Lets get crazy

Crazy



la la la la...ohhhh.



Our songs, Our style

Our hair, Our smile

Our laughs, our heart

Our grace, our smarts



Lets get crazy.

Get up and dance

Take a swing, do your thing

If were taking a chance

Lets get crazy

Turn the music up loud

Nows the time to unwind

Lose yourself in the crowd

Lets get crazy



Yeah the funs just begun

Come on dance everyone



Heres an invitation, to every nation.

Oh Oh yeah, Oh Oh yeah

Crazy



Take a swing, do your thing

If were taking a chance

Lets get crazy

Yeah just kick up your heels

Dont miss out, time to shout

Always keeping it real

Lets get crazy




Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted April 16, 2009 at 02:02 AM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 83



Article posted April 27, 2009 at 03:29 PM GMT0 • comment • Reads 71

Ray and Lynne Simone might as well be big dream famous because they were offered a house for just one dollar. It has four bedrooms. It will take one year for Ray and Lynne to move in.



I would love it if someone came up to me and said, ”Would you like a big dream house only for one dollar?”

Article posted April 27, 2009 at 03:29 PM GMT0 • comment • Reads 71



Article posted May 7, 2009 at 03:38 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 70

Lyrics by: Rockgirl98

Beat by: Paramore



Tell me where our time went or where it’s going now. Tell me if you see me because you still are there. Are you a little afraid or are you completely mad? Tell me.



Because it's love we shared it shows who we are for love and care for ever for ever da la la la la da la la la la da la la da la la la la



Tell me if you're losing breath or scared to death cause you know that I will help you when you need help cause you know I can not live to see you act like this 'cause I will care for you



Because it's love we shared it shows who we are for love and care for ever for ever da la la la la da la la la la da la la



Because it's love we shared it shows who we are for love and care for ever for ever da la la la la da la la la la da la la



For ever da la la la da la la la da la la la la da la la la la




Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted May 7, 2009 at 03:38 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 70



Article posted May 4, 2009 at 03:29 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 79

Lights are flashing,

fans screaming,

limo driving,

and lobster eating.



Oh, yeah, another day recording CDs

ok

staring on movie screens

alright

getting paid.



Because you’re a celebrity lights on you

and lights on me,

cameras flashing

all on you

you see on a magazine.



C-e-l-e-b-r-I-t-y

because you’re celebrity

celebrity

all eyes on you



Because you’re a celebrity

lights on you

and lights on me,

cameras flashing all on you

you see on a magazine.



Not for long

Article posted May 4, 2009 at 03:29 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 79



Article posted May 7, 2009 at 07:49 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 57

Best Friends Forever





Narrator (Walking in) - Once there was girl with a life that felt like she had no friends and no one to hang out with.



Ashley (Walking in with Julia with a confused face.)- Oh, why don’t I have many friends?



Julia- Well, maybe you should meet more people and become friends with different people?



Ashley (sad)- Who would want to be my friend?



Julia (helping)- You just have to try to meet new people!



Ashley- I’ll try.



Narrator – The next day in school Ashley met to new girls named Britney and Maria.



(Brintney and Maria walk in.)



Ashley (Walking in and talking to the girls standing there.) - Hey, you want to be friends?



Maria (being nice) – Yeah, okay.



Britney (trying not to be left out)- I’ll be your friend too.



Narrator (Walking on then walking off.)- Later on that day they went to the mall.



Julia (surprised)- WOW, you took my advice and meet to new people!



Ashley- Yeah, it worked, but don’t worry I wont forget about you.



Narrator (walking on then walking off) – After finding some friends, Ashley was so happy that she ran home and told her mom and dad.



Ashley – Mom! Mom! Guess what? I found friends!



Mom- What? Oh my honey, I’m so happy for you! Tell me all about it.



Ashley- Well, I was asking Julia why I didn’t I have any friends and she told me that I should try to meet different people and so I did and I met friends.



Mom- I’m so happy for you. Just wait until your father finds out!



Narrator- Ashley’s dad came home.



Mom – Guess what? Ashley found friends!



Dad- Wow, Ashley! I’m really happy for you! Lets go out to dinner to celebrate!



Narrator (People are sitting in the back faking to eat.) – So they went. The next day at school Julia tried to talk to Addie but everyone was pulling her away. So Julia just gave up. Addie had lied to her. She did forget about her.



Julia- I can’t believe she just forgot about me.



Ashley – Hey, guys.



Narrator – That night Ashley called Julia.



Ashley – I’m so, so sorry. I know I forgot about you, and I know I shouldn’t have. I’m so sorry.



Narrator- Ashley walked over to Julia’s house and hugged her.



Both Julia and Ashley – We’re best friends forever.



Everyone- We’re all best friends forever.

Article posted May 7, 2009 at 07:49 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 57



Article posted May 13, 2009 at 01:45 AM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 92

Talent Show



Characters:

Narrator

Teacher

Students

Scott

Principal

Tawni

Brianna

Michael

Judge





Narrator- It was a regular old Tuesday morning. Tawni Ager just got to her classroom.



Teacher- OK, children, settle down.



(Children keep talking. They stop but Scott keeps talking.)



Scott- . . .and then I was, like, you think you’re smarter than me and then he-



Teacher- Scott you’re getting detention after school.



(People in the back start laughing)







Later on that day.



Over the loudspeaker- Good morning, students. We have one announcement this morning. Three Saturdays from now we will be having our talent show. Your teachers will be passing out sign up sheets at the end of the day. It will be due next Thursday so you have seven days to bring it in. Thank you. That will be all for today.



Tawni (looking at Brianna)- Oh, my god, a talent show?! I should so sign up!



Narrator- At the end of the day Tawni walked home with her friends.



Brianna – I’m going to be better than all of you.



Tawni- Brianna, you get so competitive over things.



Brianna - If you think I get so competitive, then maybe we shouldn’t be friends.



(Brianna runs off stage. Then everyone walk the other way.)



Narrator - That night Tawni calls Brianna.



Brianna (really mean): Hello?!



Tawni- Brianna I’m really sorry. I should have never said that.



Brianna: It’s OK. I guess you’re right. I do get competitive when I shouldn’t.







The next day in school.



Michael- Girls, girls! Guess what? Scott had a brilliant plan!



Scott- OK, so we do it all together!



Michael- Isn’t that such a brilliant idea?!



Brianna: That’s such a great idea Scott!



Tawni- Yeah, how did you come up with it?



Scott- I don’t know! I thought that best friends shouldn’t be in a fight so I thought I would think of something.



Michael- And also you’re so smart.







The night of the talent show.



Principal- OK, tonight is the night of our talent show. I know you are all very excited about this so lets give it up for Tawni, Scott, Michael and Brianna!



(They dance.)



Judge - They win!



Tawni (waking up) – Wow, it was all a dream.







At school



Teacher- OK, children, settle down.



(Children keep talking. They stop but Scott keeps talking.)



Scott- . . .and then I was, like, you think you’re smarter than me and then he-



Teacher- Scott, you’re getting detention after school!



(People in the back start laughing.)







Later on that day



Over the loudspeaker- Good morning, students. We have one announcement this morning. Three Saturdays from now we will be having our talent show. Your teachers will be passing out sign up sheets at the end of the day. It will be due next Thursday so you have seven days to bring it in. Thank you. That will be all for today.



Tawni (looking at Brianna)- Oh, my god, a talent show?! I should so sign up!

Article posted May 13, 2009 at 01:45 AM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 92



Article posted June 5, 2009 at 12:44 AM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 63

Beat by: Don’t trust me 3oh! 3

By: Rockgirl98



Red dress with the perfect shoes. She got the hair, the makeup and all the bling. And she’s a model, model. And she ain’t got no hate. She’s got money from all her fans. Fans.



B-b-b-bling always hangs from her neck. Well my bling is being no where to find. She says “I love you” to her all fans then leaves in her limo leaving her fans behind.



She has a fan club oh

She has the money oh

They’ll never leave her alone, alone

Always trust her

Always trust her

Always trust her

Never trust me



She has a fan club oh

She has the money oh

They’ll never leave her alone, alone

Always trust her

Always trust her

Always trust her

Never trust me



Parties and flashing lights. Fans screaming in the dark fun night and the party, party it sole off the stage wakes, hugs and kisses all over the place. A-a-a- autographs from paper to paper sign them in a hurry. And the best is everyone knows just who you are. But you don’t ha ha ha



She has a fan club oh

She has the money oh

They’ll never leave her alone, alone



Always trust her

Always trust her

Always trust her

Never trust me



She has a fan club oh

She has the money oh

They’ll never leave her alone, alone



Always trust her

Always trust her

Always trust her

Never trust me





Dance people. Dance to the beat. Do your fun dance. And meet with friends. Dance people. Dance to the beat. Do your fun dance. And meet with friends. Dance people. Dance to the beat. Do your fun dance. And meet with friends.



La la la la ooo la la la la la la la



She has a fan club oh

She has the money oh

They’ll never leave her alone, alone



Always trust her

Always trust her

Always trust her

Never trust me



She has a fan club oh

She has the money oh

They’ll never leave her alone, alone



Always trust her

Always trust her

Always trust her

Never trust me



She has a fan club oh

She has the money oh

They’ll never leave her alone, alone



Always trust her

Always trust her

Always trust her

Never trust me



She has a fan club oh

She has the money oh

They’ll never leave her alone, alone



Always trust her

Always trust her

Always trust her

Never trust me



Yeah!

Article posted June 5, 2009 at 12:44 AM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 63



Article posted June 8, 2009 at 03:13 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 90


Get This - Survey Results - GlowDay.com

Article posted June 8, 2009 at 03:13 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 90



Article posted June 8, 2009 at 03:27 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 83


Survey Results - GlowDay.com

Article posted June 8, 2009 at 03:27 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 83



Article posted June 10, 2009 at 10:41 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 101


Get This - Survey Results - GlowDay.com

Article posted June 10, 2009 at 10:41 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 101



Article posted June 10, 2009 at 10:54 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 80


Get This - Survey Results - GlowDay.com

Article posted June 10, 2009 at 10:54 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 80



Article posted December 9, 2008 at 08:19 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 65

[LINK]" target="_blank">[LINK]" target="other_window">Go HERE to try the "My Stuff Match"!



[LINK]" target="_blank">[LINK]" target="other_window">Made with "Hot Potatoes." Click here to download it for FREE!

Article posted December 9, 2008 at 08:19 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 65



Article posted October 2, 2008 at 03:38 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 59

When I was five years old we wanted to come to New York so did my dad. I was so happy that we were leaving to New York that I kept on asking when are we leaving and my mom would say soon. My dads send $8,000 to us because it was not only my mom and me it was my brother too.



Days passed by. It was time to go. We said bye to my family. My brother and I cried. My mom didn’t what to say bye because for her it was too hard and hurtful.



We got on the bus. I was going to talk to my brother, but my mom said not to talk to him because they wouldn’t let us go together. It took us two days to get to the center of Mexico. We stayed at a hotel. We had to stay in a girls only and boys only part. The problem was that we only had one bed for the girls and one bed for the boys in a different room so some of us had to sleep on the floor. My mom and I slept on the bed.



It was the second day in Mexico. My mom and me and some other girls went shopping for clothes and other stuff. Then we got back to the hotel. We got our stuff and got on the bus.



We headed for a desert close to Arizona. We got off the bus quickly because we didn’t want to get caught by the police. We started walking for about two miles. I was crying because I kept on falling and there was a lot of sticks everywhere. So was my mom because in Guatemala my mom’s legs got swollen. My brother was pushing my mom by saying don’t give up.



We were almost there but since my mom’s leg was hurting we were all the way in the back of everyone. But there was a nice lady that told the man that was taking us to the border (the coyote) to wait for us. A man said that a police car was coming, and we had to hide down. I almost fell because we were on a hill. Then the coyote called a friend of his. He came with his van and we had to get on it quickly. We were almost left behind, but we made it.



We were stuck in a small van but one of us got to sit in front. There was lady that got to sit in front and got McDonalds because we were starving. We got to eat but not a lot. Then it was my mom and my turn to sit in front, but they sent us back because I keep on moving. Than we stopped to drop of people. First we stopped at Georgia, South Carolina, and North Carolina. Then New York was our stop.



My aunt was waiting for us at a restaurants parking lot. Then we headed to my other aunt's. There was a party for us. All my family was there, even some family members that I never meet. We stayed at my aunt’s house for two days but that is a different story.

Article posted October 2, 2008 at 03:38 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 59



Article posted November 21, 2008 at 02:38 AM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 68

[LINK]" target="_blank">[LINK]" target="other_window">Go HERE to try the "Mix Up"!



[LINK]" target="_blank">[LINK]" target="other_window">Made with "Hot Potatoes." Click here to download it for FREE!

Article posted November 21, 2008 at 02:38 AM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 68



Article posted November 20, 2008 at 03:10 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 66

Go HERE to take my "School Report II Survey"

Article posted November 20, 2008 at 03:10 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 66



Article posted December 5, 2008 at 03:23 PM GMT0 • comment (5) • Reads 62

peace out

Article posted December 5, 2008 at 03:23 PM GMT0 • comment (5) • Reads 62



Article posted January 27, 2009 at 05:37 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 80

Lyrics by Katy Perry

Sung by SuperStar9 and MoneyInTheBank. (Click on "podcast" link below.)



You change your mind

Like a girl changes clothes

Yeah you, PMS

Like a hobo

I would know



And you always think

Always speak

Crypticly



I should know

That you're no good for me



Cause you're hot then you're cold

You're yes then you're no

You're in and you're out

You're up and you're down

You're wrong when it's right

It's black and it's white

We fight, we break up

We kiss, we make up



You, You don't really want to stay, no

You, but you don't really want to go-o

You're hot then you're cold

You're yes then you're no

You're in and you're out

You're up and you're down



We used to be

Just like twins

So in sync

The same energy

Now's a dead battery

Used to laugh bout nothing

Now your plain boring



I should know that

you're not gonna change



Cause you're hot then you're cold

You're yes then you're no

You're in and you're out

You're up and you're down

You're wrong when it's right

It's black and it's white

We fight, we break up

We kiss, we make up



You, You don't really want to stay, no

You, but you don't really want to go-o

You're hot then you're cold

You're yes then you're no

You're in and you're out

You're up and you're down



Someone call the doctor

Got a case of a love bi-polar

Stuck on a roller coaster

Can't get off this ride



You change your mind

Like a girl changes clothes



Cause you're hot then you're cold

You're yes then you're no

You're in and you're out

You're up and you're down

You're wrong when it's right

It's black and it's white

We fight, we break up

We kiss, we make up



You're hot then you're cold

You're yes then you're no

You're in and you're out

You're up and you're down

You're wrong when it's right

It's black and it's white

We fight, we break up

We kiss, we make up



You, you don't really want to stay, no

You, but you don't really want to go-o

You're hot then you're cold

You're yes then you're no

You're in and you're out

You're up and you're down


Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted January 27, 2009 at 05:37 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 80



Article posted January 27, 2009 at 05:40 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 50

Lyrics by Akon

Singing by SuperStar9, MoneyInTheBank, Shorty11



It's been so long

That I haven't seen your face

Tryin' to be strong

But the strength I have is washing away

Won't be long, before I get you by my side

And just hold you, tease you, squeeze you

Tell you what's been on my mind



I wanna make up right na na na

I wanna make up right na na na

Wish we never broke up right na na na

we need to link up right na na na



I wanna make up right na na na

I wanna make up right na na na

Wish we never broke up right na na na

we need to link up right na na na



Girl I know, mistakes were made between us two

And we show our ask not that now even said some things weren't true

I can't go and haven't seen my girl since then

why cant it be the way it were

cause you were my homie lover, and friend



I wanna make up right na na na

I wanna make up right na na na

Wish we never broke up right na na na

we need to link up right na na na



I wanna make up right na na na

I wanna make up right na na na

Wish we never broke up right na na na

we need to link up right na na na



I can't lie

I miss you much

Watching everyday that goes by

I miss you much

Till i get you back Im gonna cry

I miss you much

You are the apple in my eye

Girl I miss you much

I miss you much

I can't lie

I miss you much

Watching everyday that goes by

I miss you much

Till i get you back I m gonna cry

I miss you much

You are the apple on my I

I miss you much

I miss you much



I wanna make up right na na na

I wanna make up right na na na

Wish we never broke up right na na na

we need to link up right na na na



I wanna make up right na na na

I wanna make up right na na na

Wish we never broke up right na na na

we need to link up right na na na



I want you to fly with me

want you to fly

I miss how you lie with me

miss you lie

I wish you could dine with me

wish you could dine

I woundered a crime with me

woundered a crime



I want you to fly with me

want you to fly

I miss how you lie with me

miss how you lie

I wish you could dine with me

wish you could dine

I woundered a crime with me

woundered a crime



I wanna make up right na na na

I wanna make up right na na na

Wish we never broke up right na na na

we need to link up right na na na



I wanna make up right na na na

I wanna make up right na na na

Wish we never broke up right na na na

we need to link up right na na na


Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted January 27, 2009 at 05:40 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 50



Article posted February 5, 2009 at 05:55 PM GMT0 • comment (7) • Reads 56

Lyrics by by Selena Gomez

Sung by SuperSta9, Shorty11, and MoneyInTheBank



Everybody tells me that

It's so hard to make it

It's so hard to break in

There's no way to fake it

Everybody tells me that it's wrong what i'm feeling

I shouldn't believe in

The dreams that I'm dreaming



I hear it everyday

I hear it all the time

I'm never gonna amount to much

But they're never gonna change my mind

Oh!



Tell me, tell me, tell me something I don't know

Something I don't know, something I don't know

Tell me, tell me, tell me something I don't know

Something I don't know, something I don't know



How many inches in a mile

What it takes to make you smile

Getcha not to treat me like a child, baby



Tell me, tell me, tell me something I don't know

Something I don't know, something I don't know



Tell me, tell me something I don't know

Tell me, tell me something I don't know



Everybody tells me

I don't know what I'm doing

This life I'm pursuing

The odds I'll be losing

Everybody tells me that

It's one in a million

More like one in billion or

one in a zillion



I hear it everyday

I hear it all the time

I'm never gonna amount to much

But they're never gonna change my mind, oh



Tell me, tell me, tell me something I don't know

Something I don't know, something I don't know

Tell me, tell me, tell me something I don't know

Something I don't know, something I don't know



How many inches in a mile

What it takes to make you smile

Getcha not to treat me like a child, baby



Tell me, tell me, tell me something I don't know

Something I don't know, something I don't know



So here's the track

Like Catrina makes a

wish Medina

Make em say 'I'm ready'



Are you ready for it

SELENA:Yeah I'm ready for it

Really ready for it?

sELENA:Yeah I'm ready for it

Let's get ready for it



I'm on my way

I know I'm gonna get there someday

It doesn't help when you say

It won't be easy



Tell me, tell me, tell me something I don't know

Something I don't know, something I don't know

Tell me, tell me, tell me something I don't know

Something I don't know, something I don't know



How many inches in a mile What it takes to make you smile

Getcha not to treat me like a child, baby



Tell me, tell me, tell me something I don't know

Something I don't know, something I don't know

Tell me, tell me, tell me something I don't know

Something I don't know, something I don't know

Tell me, tell me, tell me something I don't know

Something I don't know, something I don't know



How many inches in a mile

What it takes to make you smile

Getcha not to treat me like a child, baby



Tell me, tell me, tell me something I don't know

Something I don't know, something I don't know




Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted February 5, 2009 at 05:55 PM GMT0 • comment (7) • Reads 56



Article posted April 21, 2009 at 02:39 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 94

[Editor's note: SuperStar is workign on a video recording of this interview. It will be posted here soon.]



Reading & Writing



What are you working on? (Can you tell me more about that?)



What are you going to work on next?



Is there anything else you want to add?



Recess



So what are you going to play?



Are you going to play with a friend?



Is there anything you want to add?

Article posted April 21, 2009 at 02:39 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 94



Article posted June 4, 2009 at 03:11 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 86

Dear Mr.Barack Obama,



Hi, I am a 5th grader at Mamaroneck Avenue School in Mamaroneck, New York. I am glad that you are our President. My school had a voting, and I voted for you because you were going to make a good President. Why? Well, because you promised that you were going to let illegal immigrants become citizens. But you haven’t done anything about it yet. I understand you have plans for it, but time is running out At least you can let kids of illegal immigrants become citizens. Because if they aren’t citizens they can’t get in to good colleges. I am guessing you want us to learn and be smart, right? So let us become citizens. Be a great President, and you will be remembered as a great President, Please, please, I am begging you. Let us and our families become citizens. Thank you.



I am looking forward to hearing from you.





Sincerely,



SuperStar



Article posted June 4, 2009 at 03:11 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 86



Article posted September 11, 2008 at 02:42 PM GMT0 • comment (7) • Reads 60

Hi! My name is Megan! And this is the story of how I got rid of my teacher.



I had the meanest teacher ever. Her name was Ms. Pigunpiepinklepfloonytooncowmilkydoopingpondasleymeemee. Don’t ask about the name.



That day I went into class.



“TAKE YOUR SEAT=http://!!!!” she said. I ran to my desk as soon as I could. I looked on the board. It said, like always, work, work, work, work! It said dismissal, 5:30pm and we get out at 3:00pm!



“Hello class,” she said in a squeaky voice.



She started passing out math books that said grade 9.



I said, ”Ms.piginpiepinklepuffloonytooncowmilkydoopingpongasleymeemee?”



“WHAT?” she said.



"Um, these books are for grade 9, not grade 5.”



That’s it! You’re going to the principal’s office! MARCH!”



”But I. . .”



“MARCH!”



On the way there I saw Lyndsey, Allison, Amanda, and Jennifer. Amanda said, “Hi Megan, how are you?”



“Not good.”



“Why”? said Allison.



“I got sent to the principal’s office.”



“Ouch,” said Lyndsey.



“I know,” I said. “My teacher is so mean."



“And her name is so long,” said Jennifer.



“I need to get her fired. Will you guys help me?”



“Sure” said Lyndsey.



“And I’ll help you too,” said Allison.



“So will I,” Amanda said.



"Me too,” said Jennifer.



The next day Jennifer, Lyndsey, Allison, and Amanda told the principal they needed him to bring a note to my class. Then, as usual, our teacher was yelling at us. And then, right then, the principal walked in with Lyndsey, Allison, Jennifer, and Amanda.



”What is going on?” he said. “And why do I see grade 9 books on the tables”?



“I can explain,” she said.



“You are FIRED=http://” Everyone cheered.



And that’s how I got rid of my teacher!

Article posted September 11, 2008 at 02:42 PM GMT0 • comment (7) • Reads 60



Article posted September 11, 2008 at 02:43 PM GMT0 • comment (5) • Reads 66

I got my ears pierced when I was a little girl. It was very sudden. What I mean is, well, this is the story.



When I was about 7, I went to the Bronx Zoo with my brother and my mom. My mom said it was too hot at the zoo, so we should go eat at the mall. What I didn’t know was my mom was planning to get my ears pierced. I didn’t want to get my ears pierced, but my mom said if I got them pieced I could get a cat. I wanted to get a cat, but I thought it would hurt if I got my ears pierced. [I had been wanting a cat or a dog since I was 4.]



So me and my mom and my brother went in to Claire’s after we were done eating and my mom plopped me in the chair. My mom said, “I’m not signing any forms, just pierce her ears!" She was afraid I would chicken out if the person took too long to start. I closed my eyes and. . .pinch!



“That’s it? That didn’t hurt!” Then she did the other ear.



I finally got my cat. Her name is Belle. She’s fat but so beautiful and cuddly!

Article posted September 11, 2008 at 02:43 PM GMT0 • comment (5) • Reads 66



Article posted September 15, 2008 at 02:19 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 60

Once upon a time there was a little girl, and her name was Red. She always wore her red cape. That’s why they called her Red.



One day Red’s mom asked her if she could bring some goodies to her grandma’s house. Red said OK.



Red went into the woods to bring the goodies to her grandma. After an hour the sun was setting. She thought to herself that she was lost, but she kept walking.



Then she came to a big castle. She didn’t know what to do. Should she turn back? Suddenly she felt a drop. It started to rain, so she decided to ask the person that owns the castle if she could stay the night.



She banged on the door. It opened by itself. She walked around and said, “Hello?” No one answered so she explored the castle.



Then out of nowhere a beast jumped out! The beast said, "What are you doing here? GET OUT!"



Now Red was brave. “I’ll get out when I want to,” she said.



“Brave?” said the beast. He seemed to like it. "You can stay for dinner,” he said.



“I’d be happy,” said Red. Soon enough they became best friends.



One sentence can mean a lot!

Article posted September 15, 2008 at 02:19 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 60



Article posted September 17, 2008 at 08:03 PM GMT0 • comment (5) • Reads 72

cheergirl98 rocks

Article posted September 17, 2008 at 08:03 PM GMT0 • comment (5) • Reads 72



Article posted January 15, 2009 at 02:37 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 84

My cat

is so fat

Her name is Belle

And her stomach

is a size of a

well!

She is gray and white

but not very

bright!

She likes to

sleep

but her favorite subject is to

eat!

Her status is

lazy

but mostly

crazy!

We call her Jelly Belly

because of her

Jelly like Belly

but

she is still

soft and cudly!!!!

Article posted January 15, 2009 at 02:37 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 84



Article posted November 6, 2008 at 03:31 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 69

Once upon a time there was a beautiful girl and her dad owned the biggest kingdom of all! Her father and mother were the king and the queen. And this girl's name was name was Alisa.



She was so spoiled! She was about the age of 12. She got everything she wanted. But there was a day Alisa did not like at all. Her mother and father said, “Alisa you are going to public school.”



“WHAT?” She screamed so loud they could hear it 10 miles away from the kingdom. “This is impossible,” said Alisa.



“Honey,” Her mother said.



“Oh, don’t you honey me,” said Alisa.



“You start tomorrow,” said her father and mother.



Alisa went to bed. Her alarm clock rang at 6:00. Alisa said to herself, "who wakes up at 6:00?"



Alisa was starting Reed Middle School. She was in 7th grade. Alisa asked if she could still take the limo, and she could.



When she got to school she put everything in her locker. She saw a group of girls. She went over to them. “Do you want to be friends?”



“No.”



“Here’s $500$ You want to hang out?” she said.



“My name is Ellie”



“Alisa.”



“Where are we going?” Ellie asked.



“Where do you think we're going? Skipping school and going to the mall, duh.”



And Alisa went.



Then she came home. Her parents were waiting for her. “So, Alisa, we heard you didn’t go to any of your classes today.”



"Oh, yeah, I didn’t feel so well and I went to the nurse and she let me lie in her bed in her office.”



“Where did you get all those shopping bags?”



“Oh, people brought me them because I was sick.” She said.



“Alisa!” snapped her father. “It’s not the hospital! You skipped school and went to the mall!” Her parents were furious.



“Time you figured out,” Alisa said.



“ALLISA!!! YOU ARE GROUNDED!!!! Or whatever normal people call it.” Alisa rolled her eyes. She went upstairs.



Alisa’s bedroom was the 2nd biggest bedroom in the castle. Her parents were the 1st. She had a king size bed and a enormous closet! It was almost as big as the mall. She decided to go to the lounge in her closet. She always handed out maps so her servants, parents, or friends could not get lost. Bella her kitten came up to her.



“Hi Bella.”



“Meow.”



Alisa decided to get out of her closet and decided to turn on her flat screen TV. She fell asleep.



[Dream while watching TV.]



“Alisa, 12 year old princess, ditches school to go to the mall! What will she do next?”



“AHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!"



[Alisa woke up.]



“Good, that was a dream.”



Alisa heard that Ellie got in trouble and wasn’t Alisa’s friend. The next day at school Allisa walked up to Ellie and her group, and they walked away. So Alisa was by herself. No one said hi to her, nothing. Alisa went to lunch.



The thing was, Allisa never knew if they liked her because she was a princess or if they liked her for who she was.



Alisa went to lunch. She sat at a table, and someone came over to her. She had brown hair and green eyes.



“Hi, I’m Jen," she said. Alisa decided not to tell her who she was. She wanted to see if people would like her for who she was.



“I’m Alisa.”



“You look really familiar,” said Jen. Alisa probably thought Jen saw her on television. Alisa tried to change the subject.



"I’m new here,” Alisa said.



“Well, welcome to Reed Middle School.”



“Thanks. What team are you on?"



"I’m on team 4,” Alisa said.



“So am I!” Jen said. Alisa was really excited she found a friend who liked her for who she was. Alisa was thinking about telling her. Tomorrow, Alisa thought.



[3 weeks later]



“Do we have to go to my house?”



“Yes,” said Jen. Then Jen saw it. She saw the castle.



“What’s going on,” she asked. They walked inside.



“Hello madam,” one of her servants said.



“What?” said Jen.



“Ok, I’m Princess Alisa.”



“You mean you lied to me?”



“I was afraid if you knew, you wouldn’t like me for who I was.”



“How could you think that?! Whatever! I’m out of here!” said Jen.



“Wait!” said Alisa. But it was no use, Jen was to far. Alisa tried calling her cell, but she wouldn’t pick up.



Alisa went for a walk. She passed Jen’s house. She decided to go to Jen’s house and see if she was there.



Ding Dong!



“Oh, hi, Alisa” said her mom. “Jen is upstairs.”



“Ok.”



Alisa went upstairs. Jen was reading. She loved reading. She didn’t notice Alisa.



“Jen?” Jen ignored her.



“Jen, I know you're mad at me for not telling but -"



“How could you not tell me who you were? How could you not tell me you’re a princess!” Jen went on the back deck.



“I just wanted to see if people would like me for who I was,” said Alisa.



“But I did like you for who you were, Alisa.”



“Well what about this, no more secrets. Would you like to see my closet?”



“Sure?” said Jen. Then they walked in.



“Here’s a map” said Alisa.



“OMG!” said Jen. “The escalator is on the left.” Jen looked at the map. There were all the places on the map.



.Shoe World

.Swimsuit World

.Fall World

.Summer World

.Spring World

.Winter World



There were a lot more but Jen was too busy looking around.



“On the right is the lounge and kitchen.”



“You have a lounge and kitchen in your closet?”



“And a lot more,” said Alisa. They went to dress world.



“I love your clothes, Princess Alisa.”



“Princess? I knew this was going to happen.”



“Wait it will take me some time to get used to it.” Jen tried to catch up with her but Alisa was on the escalator on the way down to her room. Jen felt bad. Jen left because she knew that she should. Jen did the same thing. She kept trying to call Alisa’s cell, but she wouldn’t pick up.



Alisa went to her room, and took out her I Phone. She looked at her messages. 14 messages from Jen it said. Alisa went to check her email on her computer. 18 messages from Jen. Most of them said I’m sorry, please forgive me, Alisa didn’t know what to do. She didn’t know if she should forgive her or not. The house phone rang.



“Hello?” said Alisa.



“Alisa, I’m so sorry.” Alisa didn’t know what to do. She hung up, she was so upset. Alisa was on her bed. She was in need of her latte.



Alisa was in her room drinking her latte and watching T.V. when suddenly her mom walked in.



“Honey, guess what?”



“What?” said Alisa.



“We are going to the World Famous Ball.”



“WHAT?” Alisa was so excited. The World Famous Ball was a ball that was going on for centuries and it only comes once a year and royal families from all over go to it and only the top 12 royal families get into it.



“It also says you’re allowed to bring guests,” her mother said. At the beginning when she met Jen she wanted to bring Jen if Jen knew then, but Alisa didn’t what she should do now.



“The ball is in a week and it’s on your 13th birthday!” said her mother.



“Wait,” said Alisa. “Is Brandon Steen going to be there. Because if he is, I’m not going.” Brandon Steen was a prince. Alisa hated him! He liked Alisa.



But I know what you're thinking. Alisa is selfish. Well, she isn’t. She is spoiled. If you're wondering if they're the same thing, they're not. Spoiled means you get everything you want. Selfish means you only think about yourself. Anyway, Alisa needed advice badly! What does she do if Brandon keeps annoying her? [Even though he isn’t trying to.] Also Alisa wanted Jen to be there with her from when they became friends.



[A week later.]



It was the day of the ball. Alisa was in Dress World. She was wearing a big pink dress. She came out of her closet and went downstairs. Alisa went outside to the limo. The driver started driving. Alisa was not that happy. She wished that she made up with Jen, but it was too late.



“What’s wrong honey?” asked her mother.



“It’s nothing,” said Alisa.



When they arrived, the driver opened the door for them. It was a castle. Alisa saw that Brandon’s limo driver was already there. Alisa moaned. They walked inside. The doorman opened the door. Alisa was walking and looking at the ground and wishing Jen was there, when suddenly she bumped into someone and that someone was Brandon. Alisa looked up.



“Well, isn’t it Princess Alisa.”



“Oh, hi, Brandon,” Alisa said, hopefully thinking this was a bad dream. But she figured out it wasn’t. Alisa tried to get passed him, but she couldn’t.



“I look great, don’t I?” Brandon asked Alisa, selfishly.



“Yeah, sure, you look wonderful.” Alisa said, not caring at all.



“Um, Brandon, can you let me actually get to the elevator, to get up to the ballroom?”



“Oh, yes,” Brandon pushed the elevator button. They went upstairs.



“Wow! Nice ballroom they have,” said Alisa, walking in to the ballroom.



“Yeah, it’s not really new to me because my family is the best royal family and we have been invited plenty of times.” Alisa wanted him to be quiet but she knew that would never happen.



“Could you excuse me one sec, Brandon”



“Sure.” Alisa went out of the room and in to the hallway. She took out her I Phone. She went to contact and pressed on Jen. Then a voice came up.



“Hi”



“Jen!”



“You reached Jen. Can’t take your call right now so please leave a message after the beep, thanks!” Alisa hung up. Alisa was so upset. She saw Brandon was coming. She ran and hid. She was behind the pole.



“Alisa! Where are you?” Then he went back inside. Alisa was so glad to get away from him.



Alisa went back in the ballroom. She was hiding from Brandon. Alisa was hiding behind people.



Alisa knew that she had to make a speech. She wanted Jen to be there for that. “There you are.” Alisa knew that voice. It was Brandon. “Oh, you found me Brandon,” said Alisa.



Then an announcer went on the stage and said, “Princess Alisa will not make her speech.” Alisa’s speech was how excited she was to be here and what it meant to be 13.



“Princess Alisa, come up here!”



The music started playing and then stopped. When she got up there, she said, “Thank you, thank you! I am so glad to be here tonight, knowing what it feels like to be a 13 year old teenager princess!” Alisa was so nervous. She barley knew what to say.



“Since I have to get more mature because I am now 13. And I need to be more mature now, so please excuse me. I need to make a quick phone call." Alisa was willing to try to call her again even if it was a message. Alisa took out her phone.



RING! RING!



“Hello?”



“Jen!”



“Alisa?”



“Yeah I’m on the stage in the middle of making my speech and I don’t see you in the audience, and I need you in the audience or up here with me!”



“Really?”



“Really, so now remember that dress you had, that is so gorgeous, why don’t you wear that?”



“Ok, I’ll be right over.”



Alisa knew that she had to tell the audience what had happened. “Sorry, I had to make a really important phone call. It’s a long story. You see, me and my best friend got in two fights. The first one, she got mad at me for not telling her that I was a princess, but then we made up. But then I got mad at her. I got mad at her and, well, I was afraid if she knew that she wouldn’t treat me the same. I thought she wouldn’t like me for who I am. And when she figured out I was a princess, she called me princess, and I was afraid of that. But I shouldn’t have been. So I called her right now and told her I was sorry. And she is coming now.”



Alisa paused, hoping the audience wouldn’t boo her. And then the audience went CRAZY! Everybody was cheering for her! She didn’t know she could do it.



Then Alisa saw Jen walking in to the room.



“Excuse me everybody,” Alisa said while everybody was still cheering. Alisa and Jen ran over to each other with their arms out, ready to give each other a big hug.



“I’m so sorry,” they both said at the same time.



“I should be the one who’s sorry. I shouldn’t have called you princess and I shouldn’t have gotten mad at you for not telling me that you are a princess. I mean we all have secrets.” said Jen.



“No, I should be sorry,” said Jen.



“I shouldn’t have gotten mad at you for calling me princess. I mean, we all make mistakes. Also, I’m sorry for not telling you.”



“Well, I think we both made mistakes, but like you said everybody makes mistakes," said Jen. They gave each other a hug.



Then Bryan came over to them. “Alisa that was a great speech,” he said.



“Wow, thanks Bryan."



Wow, I never thought I would say that before. I mean I thought you were always a little-”



“Selfish? Well I was, but that speech made me think it’s always not about me.”



“Well, thanks. Oh! Bryan this is one of my best friends, Jen!”



“Hi, it’s a pleasure to meet you” said Bryan.



Wow, Alisa was so shocked at how Bryan was acting.



“You too,” said Jen.



“This is the one I was talking about in my speech.” said Alisa.



“Oh, Alisa! I forgot to tell you something. Happy Birthday! And I got you something.”



“You didn’t have to get me anything,” Alisa said to Jen. Then Jen went to get it and she came out with a puppy. Alisa had kittens and cats. Even though she was spoiled, her parents would never let her get a puppy. It was a little puppy.



“YOU GOT ME A PUPPY!” Alisa felt like she was going to cry she was that happy. “You shouldn’t have.”



“But I did. She is a cockapoo.”



“I love her!” Jen put the puppy in Alisa’s arms. “What should I name her? Oh! I got it, what about Amber?” asked Alisa.



“I love that name!” Jen said.



“So do I” said Bryan.



“Uh, Alisa?”



“Yes Bryan?”



“I also got you something.”



“Bryan you didn’t have to.” And then he pulled out a black jewelry case. Alisa opened it. It was a diamond necklace. Alisa put her hand over her mouth.



“Happy birthday” he said.



“It’s so pretty, I love it. Thank you Bryan so much. You too, Jen. These gifts are absolutely wonderful.



“Alisa!” her parents said both at the same time, running over to hug her.



“Mom, dad, look at these gifts,” Alisa said after she hugged her parents. “I got a puppy and a diamond necklace! And I name the puppy Amber and I’m wearing the necklace.”



“Well, you two are wonderful friends,” Alisa’s parents said.



“Thank you,” Bryan and Jen said at the both time.



“Well we better go after the party tonight to the pet store,” said her father.



“Yes, we should,” said her mother.



“Do you think we can ask if they can play a fast song?” asked Alisa.



“Probably,” said her mother. Alisa went over to the guy.



“Do you have any fast songs you can play?”



“Sure,” he said. And the song started playing. Alisa, Jen, and Bryan were dancing together. Finally Alisa got a night of her dreams!

Article posted November 6, 2008 at 03:31 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 69



Article posted November 13, 2008 at 11:41 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 95

Hello, it is TapGirl and CheerGirl98 here.



We don’t know what to do write now, so we are writing a story!



So if you read this, you can comment us and tell us what we should write about. If you now know what you want us to right about, you can comment us at mrbrune.org! That is MRBRUNE.ORG but it is not capitalized. We just want you to notice it.



Please comment us because we are desperate for an idea. And we are kind of bored here, so hurry up!



Now CheerGirl98 is going to write some stuff about our lives here in mrbrune.org.



First of all, TapGirl, we aren’t in mrbrune.org but we are in Mr. Brune’s class. Well, actually, we are in mrbrune.org.



Where are we then? My name is TapGirl and your name is CheerGirl98 and if we are in Mr. Brune's class, we have really odd and weird names. Who would name their kids names like that?



Well, TapGirl, you are in Mr. Brune’s class. Where have you been the last three months?

Article posted November 13, 2008 at 11:41 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 95



Article posted December 8, 2008 at 02:56 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 58

When I last left off, Alisa was dancing at the World Famous Ball with Jen and Bryan. Alisa had a great time that night. She got a puppy and a diamond necklace and all sorts of gifts because she turned 13. But while her mother and father were dancing on the floor, they were thinking, thinking about something they saw in the royal newspaper the other day.



“WHAT????????” Alisa screamed the next morning. “We’re moving?” Alisa was so upset. “We’re moving to France? How can we be?! Mving after it’s been almost two months since I met Jen. And now me and Bryan are friends too. This is just the perfect time to move! And why France? Why so far away?”



“We were looking in the newspaper and saw a kingdom twice the size of this and a bigger closet for you,” said her father. Amber (Alisa’s dog she got from Jen.) came up to Alisa, and Alisa picked her up.



“We can’t be moving to France.”



“But we are,” said her mother.



“If I tell Jen this she will be so upset and today is our friendship month anniversary. And it’s the summer, school just ended.” (Alisa came late in the year.) “I really don’t want to move.”



“I know you don’t, but it’s what’s best for the family, honey,” said Alisa’s mom.



“When are we leaving?” asked Alisa.



“This weekend,” said her father. And it was Monday.



“You should start packing,” her mother said.



Alisa didn’t know how she was going to go through every part of her closet and her suitcases. She was going to need a lot of suitcases. She was thinking she could call up a servant or a maid or somebody to get all of her cloths out of all of her worlds she has in her closet. But she decided she should just do it herself.



She went to Luggage World and got suitcases. Then she went to Winter World. There was a lot of stuff in Winter World. Alisa wasn’t going to do everything that day. She was going to do a little each day and then hopefully by Sunday she would have it all packed up.



By 10:30 am Alisa mostly had Winter World packed up. Alisa was resting on her bed watching TV when Jen came up to her bedroom. (Alisa’s parents didn’t tell Jen yet.)

“Oh, hi,” said Alisa.



“Hi,” said Jen. “I got you something for the month anniversary.” Jen pulled out a charm for their bracelets. It was a sandal. Then Alisa pulled out a dog charm.



“Jen, I have to tell you something.”



“What,” said Jen?



“Well, my parents told me something earlier this morning… and, well, I don’t know how to tell you because you are my best friend. . . .So I will just come out and say it… .I am moving to France.”



“What!?” Jen’s mouth dropped open. “You’re moving to France?”



“Well, sort of.” said Alisa.



“You’re kidding. right?”



“I wish I was.”



“But we have only known each other for almost about two months,” said Jen.



“I know we have, and I really, really don’t want to move,” said Alisa.



“When are you moving?” asked Jen.



“This weekend,” said Alisa sounding very upset.



“Oh” said Jen, very upset too.



“Look, I don’t want to move. but my parents. they found a castle twice the size of this one. Trust me, I really don’t want to move.” Jen’s eyes started to get all watery. “I’ll really miss you” said Jen.



“I’ll miss you, too,” Alisa said while her eyes started to get all watery too. They hugged each other.



“Why do you have to move? I mean who am I going to hang out with always? Who am I going to talk to all the time? Who am I going to sit with at lunch all the time? I mean, I'm really going to miss you, a lot, Alisa."



“That's going to happen to me too in France," said Alisa.



"But you can actually make friends in France. Who am I going to make friends with in school?"



"A lot of people. Come on, you have a bunch of friends in Ree. Trust me, I really don't want to move. I really want to stay here with you and Bryan and, well, a bunch of other people. I mean France is so far away, and I really want to stay here."



"I guess I will help you pack up," said Jen in a really sad voice.



"Are you sure because my closet is REALLY BIG."



"I know" Jen said.



"Well thanks. Also I forgot to tell you we could call each other and write back to each other."



"Well, that is true," said Jen.



"Well, we better start packing my stuff up."



"Yeah."



They went into Alisa's closet. Jen knew most of Alisa's closet, so she usually doesn't get lost. They went to a couple of different worlds in Alisa's closet, but soon they got tired. They decided to go for a walk. They decided to get their minds off of Alisa moving so they went to get an ice cream.



"One chocolate in a cup with chocolate sprinkles" said Alisa.



"I'll have the same," Jen said.



"So," said Alisa.



"Yeah?" said Jen.



"I don't know, I just wanted to say ‘so’ for some reason."



Jen giggled. "I can't believe it. France. It's so far away."



"I know," said Alisa.



The day before Alisa moved



Well, Alisa was packing up the rest of her closet. She had at least 24 suitcases packed. Alisa was thinking about how much she was going to miss her friends when she was in France.



"Alisa? Hello? Alisa, where are you, honey?" It was her mother.



"I'm in here," said Alisa.



"Oh, there you are. Are you all packed up?"



"Mostly."



"Good, because we’re leaving at 9:30 am tomorrow, and I just want to make sure you’re going to be all packed up."



"Ok, well I'm almost done."



"Ok.”



When Alisa was done packing her WHOLE ENTIRE CLOSET she sat down on her bed thinking what it would be like to go to a new school and meet new people and be living in a new castle and not seeing Jen and all her other friends that she had made. Alisa sighed.



Alisa went to the game room where she had a bunch of her games and decided to play on her Wii. Alias was in the middle of playing the Wii game when her I phone started ringing.



“Hello?”



“Alisa is it true, are you moving to France?”



“Bryan?”



“Yeah, Jen just told me and you’re leaving tomorrow?”



“Yeah, I know, kind of sudden.”



“Yeah” said Bryan.



“Well, me and Jen are going to get lunch together. Do you want to go with us?”



“Sure.”



“Meet me at my house at 12:30.”



“Ok.”



“Bye.”



“Bye.”



It was 11:45. Alisa didn’t want to play on the Wii so she went on the couch in the game room. (There is a TV and a couch in the game room.) She lied down and turned on the TV and soon fell asleep.



Dream:



“Honey, we have some news” said Alisa’s mother.



“Yeah?”



“We’re not moving to France after all!” said her parents.



“REALLY?”



“Yup!”



“YES!”



. . . . . . . .



“Alisa, Alisa, ALISA!”



“WHAT?” Alisa fell off the couch. It was Jen.



“I had a dream I wasn’t moving to France.”



“Too bad that can’t come true.”



“Yeah. Oh! I forgot to tell you. I invited Brandon to have lunch with us.”



“Great!”



Ding Dong!



“Hi is Alisa and Jen here?” asked Brandon.



“Oh yes there in the game room” said Alisa’s mother.



“Thank you.” Brandon went downstairs and found the girls.



“Hey Brandon” said Alisa.



“Hey Brandon” said Jen.



“Hey. So where are we going for lunch?”



“Well, since I’m moving to France, and I won’t see you guys for a long time, I was thinking a picnic on the beach.”



“Sounds fine to me” Jen said.



“Me too” Said Bryan.



So Alisa, Jen, and Bryan walked to the beach, laid out a picnic blanket, and sat down.



“I can’t believe you’re moving to France” said Bryan.



“I know. But I will try to call you guys and email you. But I just really don’t want to move. I really don’t want to.”



So they all ate together and tried to get the thought of Alisa moving out of their heads. When they were all done eating they went back to Alisa’s house. They decided to play on the Wii. Later at 6:00, Alisa’s mother came downstairs to ask Jen and Bryan if they wanted to eat there. Jen and Bryan called their parents to ask and they said yes because it was a Friday.



Dinner



“So how big is the castle?” asked Jen.



“Oh, it’s about twice the size of this one,” said Alisa’s father to Jen.



“Why do we have to move?” asked Alisa.



“Oh honey, you have been asking that for a week now,” Alisa’s mother said.



“What’s for dessert?” asked Alisa.



“Chef Tom’s Famous Cake.”



“Yum.”



After dinner they had dessert. It was delicious!



When Bryan had to go home, Alisa and Jen asked if they could have a sleepover. Her parents said yes, but they would have to get up early tomorrow. They said that was fine. Jen and Alisa went to her house to got all of Jen’s stuff. When they went back to Alisa’s house they went up to her room. In her castle they had a sleepover room. Before they went to Alisa’s room, they put their stuff in the sleepover room. They got dressed in their pajamas and went downstairs to the sleepover room.



“It’s so hard to believe that you’re moving to France,” said Jen.



“I know,” said Alisa. They sighed and tried to get that out of their minds. They brought the Wii into the Sleepover room, and they played it for a little while. When they didn’t want to play on the Wii anymore, they decided to watch some TV. Soon it was 10:45 and they were still watching some TV.



1:55 in the morning…



Jen and Alisa fell asleep. The light was turned off but the TV was still on.



“Jen, Jen,” said Alisa half asleep. “We fell asleep.” Alisa just fell back asleep.



Alisa’s Dream. . . .



“C’mon Alisa, you know you want to move to France,” said Jen.



“No, I don’t want to. I’m trying to convince my parents to stay here.” Jen crossed her arms.



“What? I don’t, and you even know that.”



“But, you told me that you didn’t want to move. But it doesn’t seem like you really care if you move or you don’t move.”



“UHH!”



Alisa was still sound asleep. Until someone came up to her and started licking Jen and Alisa’s face.



“Jen is something licking our face?”



“I think so.”



They looked up. It was Amber. They smiled and then went back to sleep.



Then they felt something tickling them. They opened their eyes. It was Bella. They smiled again. They decided to get up.



“Hi mom.”



“Hi Mrs.Touris.”



“Hello girls. While I’m making your breakfast why don’t you guys go get ready for the day.”



“Ok. But breakfast looks good.”



“Yeah, Mrs. Touris it does look good.”



Mrs. Touris smiled and said, “Thank you”.



They got dressed and brushed their teeth and brushed their hair. Alisa’s cloths were on her bed because everything was in the limo. They did everything they were supposed to do and went downstairs to have breakfast.



Then it was time to leave. Bryan came to say goodbye. Alisa went to say goodbye to Bryan first.



"I'll miss you," Alisa said sounding very upset. But then Bryan dropped down to Alisa's foot.



"PLEASE DON'T GO!!!!"



"Bryan, it's ok."



"I'm all right," Bryan said wiping his eyes.



Alisa went over to Jen. They just gave each other a big hug. They both were almost crying.



"Why do you have to go?"



"I'm sorry. But I will write you a lot, both of you, I will. And I will call you both. too. I really don't want to go. Jen and Alisa hugged again and Bryan joined in. too.



"Honey, we’re going to be late for our plane."



"Ok, I'm coming. I'll miss you guys.”



"We will, too."



Alisa got in the limo. They were in the parking lot of the airport. They got on their plane. Alisa wanted to go back to Jen and Bryan, but it was too late. The plane just took off. Alisa was looking out the window of the plane. She sighed. Soon Alisa fell asleep on the plane. She woke up to a voice that said, "We will arriving to France very momentarily." Alisa wished she could go back. They arrived at the airport in France. They grabbed their luggage and took the limo to their new castle.



"Wow," Alisa said with her mouth open, looking at the castle. They grabbed their luggage into the house. They walked inside. It was WAY bigger than their other castle. It was nighttime in France and it was sunny back in Los Angles, where Bryan and Jen were. It was about 8:30pm in France and it was 9:30am in Los Angles.



Back in Los Angles



"She is probably in France by now." said Bryan.



"Yeah."



"Why can't she come back? Or why can't we go to France?” asked Bryan.



Jen raised her eyebrows up and down two times.



"Oh, no, I'd do anything for Alisa, but I'm not going to France," said Bryan.



"Oh, just come on."



"Fine."



Jen and Bryan got on a flight to France.



Back in France



Alisa sighed. Her room wasn't the same. Her closet was bigger but not the same, and, most importantly, Jen and Bryan weren't there. Alisa had just finished unpacking. Alisa went down for dinner.



Jen and Bryan on the plane to France



"Bryan, do you know if we’re almost there?"



"Um, here let me ask. Excuse me, madam, do you know when we will arrive in France?"



"Oh, we are landing right about now."



"Thank you."



Jen and Bryan landed, and they were in France.



"Do you know Alisa's address?" Bryan asked.



"Yeah, let's get a taxi."



"You mean limo," said Bryan.



"You're right," Jen said with a smile on her face. Bryan smiled back. They arrived at Alisa's castle.



"Wow," they both said at the same time. They knocked on the door. Alisa answered the door.



“JEN? BRYAN? YOU’RE HERE? IN FRANCE? I CAN’T BELIEVE IT=http://!!!!”



They hugged.



“Mom, dad, guess who is here?”



“Who?” they asked.



“Jen and Bryan.”



“Really?”



“Yeah.”



In Alisa’s new room



“So you should start packing up, right?” asked Jen.



“Yeah, Jen’s right, Alisa. You have a lot to pack up,” said Bryan.



“What do you mean? Asked Alisa confused.



“We mean, go back with us to Los Angles,” said Jen and Bryan.



“I can’t just go back to Los Angles. After, well, I just moved here, I just can’t go back!”



“But you have to,” said Jen.



“So, you just want me to go back after all of this and let my parents down? I can’t do that. Because if you want me to do that your not real friends.” Alisa walked away angrily. Jen and Bryan gave a glance at each other, and then chased after Alisa.



“ALISA!!” they yelled. But they couldn’t find Alisa, because she was hiding.



“So I guess we should go get tickets back to Los Angles,” said Jen.



“Yeah” agreed Bryan. And they left.



Alisa sighed. She heard the door shut, and knew that they were on their way back to Los Angles.



Back in Los angles



“I guess we did that for nothing,” said Bryan.



“Yeah” agreed Jen. But then they saw a girl. It looked like Alisa, AND IT WAS ALISA=http://! They ran to Alisa and hugged her.



“I’m staying in Los Angles!”



“YES!” Jen and Bryan said.



“And we’re sorry,” Jen and Bryan both said at the same time. Alisa said 3 last words: “I forgive you.”

Article posted December 8, 2008 at 02:56 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 58



Article posted January 12, 2009 at 07:18 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 64

On Tuesday I went to get my haircut. Now this was a regular haircut but a haircut for "Locks of Love," too! My hair was almost down to my waist. Also it was hard to brush. So my mom and I were thinking about cutting for Locks of Love.



Locks of Love is a charity for people who have cancer. They have to take chemotherapy which is a medicine people with cancer have to take and it makes the cancer go away. But when you take cheemotherapy it also causes your hair to fall out. So you donate your hair to Locks of Love, and they make your hair into a wig for the people with cancer. The people with cancer don't have to wear a wig, they can wear a bandana or they don't have to wear anything on their head at all.



So, I went to the hair salon [I waited for it to grow.), and they measured it. It was 8 inches. It was enough! She first braided my hair and then 1,2,3, a little bit of snips, and it was gone. Then I got a regular haircut, and they cut off maybe another inch. Now I have hair that's a tiny bit longer then my chin!

Article posted January 12, 2009 at 07:18 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 64



Article posted January 20, 2009 at 02:46 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 61

When I was in 2nd grade and my brother was in 5th we had a big surprise that me and my brother had no idea was coming. . . .



It was a Tuesday night and me and my family had Chinese food. I decided to have a fortune cookie. I opened it up and read my fortune aloud, “A big surprise is coming your way.” I just put the fortune down and had the cookie.



Next day afternoon at school. . . .



It was a Wednesday afternoon and my dad was on a business trip. It was choice time and I was playing on the rug with my friend. My teacher called me over. She handed me an envelope.



“Can you give this to your mom? You’re not in trouble, it’s just a letter I need you to give her for me.”



"Ok.”



“Thank you.” I went back to playing on the rug. School ended, and my brother and I walked out to school and got in to the car and said hi to my mom.



“You two will be missing violin and hockey practice.”



“Why?” Me and my brother asked.



“Because we're going to Disney World!!!!”



“WHAT?? REALLY?”



“Yup, you’re dad is already there. That’s where he had to go for his business trip.” I started crying I was so happy.



“The cab is coming to pick us up so when we get home we will be there for only 5 minutes.”



“Ok.”



At home. . . .



“Did both of you two get letters from your teachers?”



“Yes, what are they for?



“There for you. Open them.”



I opened mine and the letter was about Disney World. It said we hope you have fun.



“So our teachers knew about it too?”



“Yup.”



The cab driver arrived and we carried our luggage to the car.



In the car. . . .



“I can’t believe it!” I said.



“It’s only for 3 days,” my mom said.



We arrived at the airport and got on to the plane.



When we arrived. . . .



“We're here!!”



We got off the plane.



“We're supposed to meet your father here. We got our luggage and then we found my dad. I ran over and gave him a big hug. I was so excited to be there. We got in to a cab and drove to the hotel. We entered an EZpass thing that said welcome to Disney World. We arrived at the hotel and we went to bed because it was already night time. I got under the covers and closed my eyes and went to sleep.



The next morning. . . .



It was the next morning and I was so happy, I couldn’t wait to go all the rides and see Mickey and Minney and all those characters. I brushed my teeth. Then we went to the Magic Kingdom.



“Which ride do you guys want to go on first?” my dad asked.



“What about Space Mountain?” my mom said.



We said, "yes!"



I had so much fun!!

Article posted January 20, 2009 at 02:46 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 61



Article posted January 20, 2009 at 09:16 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 73

A couple of weeks ago I got a cell phone. It’s called the Nv2. (I'm not sure if that’s how you spell it.) When you open it, it’s a keyboard. I wasn’t supposed to get a phone until 5th grade graduation. But my parents said that I’ve been mature and that I have been helping around the house a lot. So they said I was allowed to get a cell phone. I love my phone! It rocks! I text a lot! If I didn’t get a texting plan it would cost over 1, 0000 dollars probably. I give a special thanks to my parents! Thank you so much!!

Article posted January 20, 2009 at 09:16 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 73



Article posted January 21, 2009 at 02:35 PM GMT0 • comment • Reads 63

My class and all the other 5th grade classes went on a field trip to the Maritime Aquarium to see the Lewis and Clark movie in IMAX. All the 5th grade classes are working on the big trip of Lewis and Clark. The trip took about two years! The day of the field trip the 5th grade took two buses. It was about a 45 minute trip. When we arrived, we entered this BIG movie theater. When we all got our seats a voice came on the speakers. It said, “Welcome to the Maritime Aquarium. The screen is 6 stories high. We hope you enjoy the Lewis and Clark Expedition.” Then the movie started. It looked like we were actually there it was so cool!! We were all like, "Whoa!!" I thought it was interesting!! I had a lot of fun!!

Article posted January 21, 2009 at 02:35 PM GMT0 • comment • Reads 63



Article posted February 3, 2009 at 10:23 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 104

Attention to whoever is reading this right now. You are about to hear my review for the movie "Enchanted." OK, here it goes.



"Enchanted" is a Fantasy/Comedy. It is basically a twisted story of all the princess movies: Snow White, Cinderella, Beauty and the Beast, and Sleeping Beauty and all those princesses. It is a perfect movie for kids and their parents.



It's about this girl named Gisele who is waiting for her true love to come. At first, she is an animated world. When she finally meets her true love, Prince Edward, they get married. A witch like the witch in Snow White is disguised as an old lady and takes her to a wishing well. The witch tells her to lean in closely and make a wish. Giselle leans in and says, "And they lived happily ever. . . ." What you're probably thinking is. . .YES! PUSH! The queen pushes Giselle into the well. You think she is still in an animated world, but think again. She actually ends up in New York City! And she's coming out of the sewer. She has no idea what's happening. She has no idea where she is. Everyone is looking at her. She has on a big puffy wedding dress. So she walks around a little, trying to get help but everyone thinks she is crazy. Then it's starts raining, and she is roaming around New York City. So she is walking around New York, and she sees this billboard. On the billboard there is a castle. And of course she thinks it's a real castle. She tries to climb up on to the billboard. A taxi passes by, and in the taxi is a man name Robert. His little seven year old daughter really likes princesses, and she sees Gissele in the billboard. She tells her dad, and her dad tells her it's a mannequin. The little girl, whose name is Morgan, jumps out of the car and runs to the sidewalk which is under the billboard and. . . .



Well, you'll just have to see the movie to find out the rest!! And I'm telling you I think it's a great movie!

Article posted February 3, 2009 at 10:23 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 104



Article posted February 10, 2009 at 08:56 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 71

This week something something big happened. My brother had a hockey game. Me and my mom didn't go, only my brother and my dad. So we got a call and my dad said my brother got hurt. He got hit into the boards with his shoulder. My brother got right off the ice, and my dad asked if he wanted to go back on and he said no. My dad said there must be something wrong, because he usually wants to go back on the ice. So my dad called us when he was on the highway to ask where a hospital was near the place where he was playing. My mom gave him directions and said to call us back to see what happened to him. Later my dad called and said that my brother sprained his clavicle. My mom was upset. Later we called them, and my dad said that he actually fractured it. So I made him a card. He has a sling on him. I feel so bad for him!!

Article posted February 10, 2009 at 08:56 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 71



Article posted February 13, 2009 at 12:54 AM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 69

What do you do if you don't know what to write about? Well, you came to the write (right) website. I will give you one thing, DON'T JUST SIT THERE!! THINK!!



I'm just kidding, but really don't just sit there. Some things that you can write about are nonfiction or fiction. Those are your first main topics you have to think about. If you decide if you want to write about nonfiction then you can write an article. Maybe a review of a movie or even a book, some event that has happened in your life, or a trip. If you have a pet maybe you could write about that or write about when you got your pet. You could write maybe just about you and what you like. And if you're writing a fiction story, you just really have to think and be creative! Actually you have to be creative all the time in writing!



So don't just sit there doing nothing. Go ahead and grab a piece of paper and a pencil and get started writing!

Article posted February 13, 2009 at 12:54 AM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 69



Article posted February 23, 2009 at 11:03 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 66

One time (It was probably like 2 or 3 years ago.) my brother had his friend over. They always fight about who gets to sit in the front in the car. My mom was out grocery shopping so my dad had to take us somewhere. My brother and his friend raced to get to the front seat, and my brother got it first. So I went to him to say to let me in the car with him. He wouldn't let me. But then he opened the door a little and closed it, and, , ,OW! By accident he closed the door on my finger! He opened the door right away. I was crying. I went in, and ran to my dad. He asked me what was wrong. I think I was crying and too much in pain to answer him. But I finally got to say what happened. My dad got an ice pack. He said that he would take me to my mom over at the grocery store. It hurt so bad. My brother said he was sorry. My dad and I found my mom, and I stayed with her. I finally got better about maybe a couple of days later.

Article posted February 23, 2009 at 11:03 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 66



Article posted February 24, 2009 at 09:03 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 72

Most of you have read the book Diary of a Wimpy Kid and its stories, the first one and the Rodrick Rules one and the latest new one, Diary of a Wimpy Kid the Last Straw. I'm going to give you my review on the first one. Don't worry, I won't give anything away.



This book is about a kid named Greg Heffley. His mom got him a diary and he wasn't that thrilled about it. He tells you not to expect him writing, "Dear Diary this and dear diary that." So you could tell that he isn't that really into the diary that much. Then he basically explains his life.



I thought it was a very good book. It made me laugh and laugh. It's a book for all ages. You will love it. Even parents could read it to their children and enjoy the laughter. So don't just sit there and do nothing. Go ahead and pick up a Diary of a Wimpy kid book today!

Article posted February 24, 2009 at 09:03 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 72



Article posted February 26, 2009 at 08:36 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 75

A couple of years ago I got a scar on my thumb. And I'm going to tell you the story of how I got that scar on my thumb.



It was one or two years ago. I had a babysitter. She was one of my neighbors. She said that I could ask some of my other neighbors to come over and ride their bikes.



So I went over to my neighbor's house and asked them, and they said sure. We had an idea to have a race, two against two. So I thought to myself, sure why not?



This is how the race went. Two people would wait at the end of the hill and wait for their teammate to come down to the hill and slap their hand so they could go.



What happened was when I went to slap my teammate's hand, I put out my hand, lost balance, and fell with my hand right beside me. It hurt so much. You cannot believe how much it hurt. My thumb was bleeding and it was. . .was. . .JUST DISGUSTING!!



My babysitter saw and took me to her house because her dad was a doctor. I put it under water and my babysitter called my parents. My dad was coming home soon anyway.



I had to use the computer because it was my right thumb and I couldn't hold the pencil. Even today I still have the scar. And whenever I look at it I remember the memory and everything that happened.

Article posted February 26, 2009 at 08:36 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 75



Article posted March 4, 2009 at 03:26 PM GMT0 • comment • Reads 79

Lyrics by Hannah Montana

Sung by CheerGirl and TapGirl



Sometimes I walk a little faster

In the school hallway

Just to get next to you

Some days I spend a little extra

Time in the morning

Just to impress you



[PRE 1]

Guess you don't notice

Guess you don't need this

Why you're not seein' what you're missin'

On the outside shyin' away

On the inside dyin' to say



[CHORUS 1]

I'm unusual

Not so typical

Way too smart to be waiting around

Tai chi practicing

Snowboard champion

I could fix the flat on your car

I might even be a rock star



[VERSE 2]

Sometimes I wish when the phone rings

That it would be you

Saying let's hang out

Then you confess

That there's something special between us

Why don't we find out



[PRE 2]

you don't even know me

Guess you don't need me

Why you're not seein' what you're missin'

On the outside shyin' away

On the inside dyin' to say



[CHORUS]

I'm unusual

Not so typical

Way too smart to be waiting around

Tai chi practicing

Snowboard champion

I could fix the flat on your car

I might even be a...



[BRIDGE]

...rock star

If you only knew the real me

I might even be a rock star

I'm telling you that we are meant to be

Now wouldn't it be nice if you could see

That I really am a rock star



[CHORUS]

I'm unusual

Not so typical

Way too smart to be waiting around

Tai chi practicing

Snowboard champion

I could fix the flat on your car

Rocking it where ever we are




Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted March 4, 2009 at 03:26 PM GMT0 • comment • Reads 79



Article posted March 18, 2009 at 04:13 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 72

The teachers I have had so far



Kindergarten-Ms.Riccabono



1st Grade-Ms.Beshar



2nd grade-Ms.Day



3rd grade-Ms.Saul



4th grade-Ms.Saul



5th grade-Mr.Brune





Article posted March 18, 2009 at 04:13 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 72



Article posted March 9, 2009 at 11:22 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 80

Over the summer I went to Six Flags, New Jersey. I've been to Six Flags before, but that day I was planning to ride the world's fastest wooden roller coaster, El Toro! (That's spanish for bull.)



When we were parking in the parking lot, I SAW IT! Right then I knew why it was called The Bull. First of all, the whole roller coaster was huge, and I was just really focusing on the huge drop in the beginning. Somehow I was so scared to go on it, but also somehow I wanted to ride it SO BADLY!! The drop went completely straight down. And I still wanted to go on it. I saw other people riding it, and I could hear their screams.



Since I had been talking about the ride ever since my parents told me that we could go to Six Flags, they said we could go on that ride first. When we got to the ride I measured myself and I was tall enough. I think all you had to be was about 48 inches. My heart was pounding, and there was no line. I was so excited. I couldn't wait to get on that ride with my family. There were two coasters riding and there was only a little of a line so it did not take long.



Then it was our turn to go on the El Toro. My dad and I were in front of my mom and brother, but we weren't the first cart. When the ride starts off you go on a hill, then you turn, then. . . WE WENT DOWN THE HILL!! I was screaming but loving the ride at the same time.



The ride is personally one of my favorite rides ever. I had so much fun.

Article posted March 9, 2009 at 11:22 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 80



Article posted March 13, 2009 at 03:45 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 74

Lyrics by Miley Cyrus

Sung by CheerGirl & TapGirl (click the links at the end of the lyrics)



I can almost see it

That dream I'm dreaming but

There's a voice inside my head sayin',

You'll never reach it,

Every step I'm taking,

Every move I make feels

Lost with no direction

My faith is shaking but I

Got to keep trying

Got to keep my head held high

There's always going to be another mountain

I'm always going to want to make it move

Always going to be an uphill battle,

Sometimes I'm going to have to lose,

Ain't about how fast I get there,

Ain't about what's waiting on the other side

It's the climb

The struggles I'm facing,

The chances I'm taking

Sometimes might knock me down but

No I'm not breaking

I might not know it

But these are the moments that

I'm going to remember most yeah

Just got to keep going

And I,

I got to be strong

Just keep pushing on,

There's always going to be another mountain

I'm always going to want to make it move

Always going to be an uphill battle,

Sometimes I'm going to have to lose,

Ain't about how fast I get there,

Ain't about what's waiting on the other side

It's the climb

There's always going to be another mountain

I'm always going to want to make it move

Always going to be an uphill battle,

Sometimes I'm going to have to lose,

Ain't about how fast I get there,

Ain't about what's waiting on the other side

It's the climb

Yea

Keep on moving

Keep climbing

Keep the faith baby

It's all about

It's all about

The climb

Keep the faith

Keep your faith

Woh-oh-oh-oh

Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted March 13, 2009 at 03:45 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 74



Article posted March 18, 2009 at 04:19 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 84

I have had a lot of favorite music artists in 2008, but these are the only one's that came in to my head at the moment.



-Taylor Swift



-Miley Cyrus



-Jonas Brothers



-Miranda Cosgrove



-High school Musical 1,2, and 3 soundtrack

Article posted March 18, 2009 at 04:19 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 84



Article posted April 16, 2009 at 03:22 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 73

Tuesday I had my first softball game. My dad is one of the coaches. It was SO cold outside, and it kept drizzling. But we still played. My team is a lot of fun to hang around with. No matter what we're doing, either out on the field or waiting to bat, we're always having a good time with each other. Even though it was my first softball game, I was having a lot of fun.



We didn’t get to finish the whole entire game because it got dark out. We still need to finish it. But when we stopped the game, we were winning 10-5.



The first time I got up to bat I struck out, but the second time I got up I got a foul call. (It could have been a hit but it just went outside of third base.) Then I got a walk.



The positions I played were second base two times and outfield once. Once when we finish the game I think I’m playing outfield and shortstop.



Softball is one of my favorite sports to play. It’s a lot of fun to play!

Article posted April 16, 2009 at 03:22 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 73



Article posted April 27, 2009 at 03:07 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 84

(Boat honks)



Holly: We’re stuck on an island!



Molly: I can’t believe dad did this to us.



Holly: Without any credit cards or cell phones and no clothes except the ones we have on.



Molly: We’re going to be stuck here forever!



Holly: AHHHHHHHHHHHH=http://=http://=http://=http://



Molly: Oh my gosh…I’m starving!!!!



Holly: I’m starving too. Where are the restaurants?



Molly: And the mall?



(Two minutes pass.)



Holly: Molly, how long have we been walking?



Molly: I don’t know, but it feels like forever.



Holly: Look, there’s a guy.



Molly: Maybe he knows how we can get back to New York City.



Holly: Let’s go ask him.



(Walks toward native guy.)



Molly: Hey, guy over there!



Holly: Where’s the airport? And when’s the next flight to New York City?



(He stares at us.)



Native Guy: ungha.



Molly: Holly, I don’t think this guy speaks English.



Holly: Me neither, but I think we need to translate.



Molly: Okay, but how?



Holly: Um…maybe we can act it out?



Molly: Okay, but I bet you this guy doesn’t have a clue about New York City.



Holly: Well, it’s worth a try.



(Molly and Holly act out going on a plane to New York City and what New York City looks like.)



Molly: Uh, this will never work.



Native guy (pointing to the trees): shakika unga ziku



Holly: Do you speak English?



Native Guy: Yeah.



Molly: Holly, can you believe this?



Holly: No, I don’t.



Native Guy: I think you two just missed your flight to New York City. There won’t be another one until next year.



Molly And Holly: AHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!

Article posted April 27, 2009 at 03:07 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 84



Article posted May 1, 2009 at 03:19 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 74

Have you ever had a crazy day before? Not CRAZY, crazy. If you don’t get it, maybe this story will help you get it.



My friend TapGirl and I were getting out of Choir. We went to pick up my next door neighbor at the main office. I had to pick up my neighbor and TapGirls’s mom and my mom were having a meeting with our principal Ms.Amon about the 5th grade graduation. So TapGirl and I and my neighbor sat down waiting for my mom and her mom. When our parents finally came out, I said goodbye to TapGirl. We drove home and I dropped off my neighbor. My brother came out because we had to drive him to his baseball game in the Bronx, which is about a 20 minute ride from where I live. We drove my brother to the game. No one is there. We drive around looking for someone. No one from his team was there still. My mom brought the schedule with her so she checked the time. It got changed to 5:15. We thought it was 4:15. So my brother says, "Why we don’t go home" because he forgot his cleats. We went home and he got his cleats. We went back. And guess what? No one was there. So we drive around for about 15 minutes. Still no one was there. My brother brought his I-pod Touch with him and it gets Internet. He checked my mom’s email. The game got canceled! We got dinner and went back home. Then we had to drive my brother to hockey tryouts. We dropped him of, and me and my mom got back. We had a message on the answering machine. My mom checked it. It was my brother. He said that when he got there his team was already on the ice! So we went to pick him up. And that was our crazy day!

Article posted May 1, 2009 at 03:19 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 74



Article posted May 11, 2009 at 03:39 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 84

How I Got Rid Of My Teacher 2



Hey, it’s Megan. You guys might have heard the teacher that I got rid of Ms.. . .uh, well, you know her name, the really long name. Well, the story is NOT over just yet, because things did not get any better. They got WORSE.



It was a Tuesday morning, and Mr. Stockfofruit, our principal, walked in.



“Class, as you may know your teacher, Ms. whatever her name is, got fired.”



The class cheered.



“But you will have a substitute.”



The class stopped cheering as soon as they heard the word “Substitute.” Now, I don’t believe in the word “Substitute” because the last time we ever had a “Substitute” the class. . . .Well, let’s just say the almost half of her hair came off because one of the kids in my class had scissors and. . . .Why don’t I just stop there.



Well, anyway, a beautiful lady came. She had beautiful blond hair and a big smile on her face. She had a bag with her. In it were cupcakes and games. I thought to myself, “Maybe this will turn out good?” Mr. Stockfofruit said, “Everyone, I would like you to meet Mrs. Smiles.”



“I would just like to say it is an honor teaching you,” said Mrs. Smiles.



She wrote her name on the chalk board.



“Well, I better leave you to teaching,” our principal said. He left. She smiled at us. And we smiled back. The class was silent for a little while. You could hear a pin drop. She sat down. Seven minutes passed by. My friend Sally was next to me. She whispered, “Hey Megan, 10 minutes have almost passed. I mean, are we just going to sit here or do something.”



“I have no clue.”



I had no idea what Mrs. Smiles was up to. All she was doing was smiling at us. Then she turned her head to me. She stared and smiled at me for a good 5 minutes. I did not have a good feeling about this. Then she wrote something on the board. I couldn’t really see what she was writing because she was blocking the board, but then I saw something she wrote on the board. She wrote, “Do this now.” Then she moved out of the way. Then I saw what she wrote underneath that. What she wrote was “x+9=7+5+p-g+9+=__” I thought this lady is crazy!



I told myself this problem is not for me! So I didn’t do it. But then the strangest thing happened. I made myself grab the pencil. But I didn’t do it. I mean I did it, but I felt like I wasn’t the one controlling myself. Then it happened again with me and my notebook. I took a deep breath and tried to put my notebook and pencil down, but I couldn’t! Definitely Mrs. Smiles was doing this. But how? And I bet Mrs. Smiles isn’t even her name!



Mrs. Smiles came over to me and whispered in my ear in a mean voice, “Having trouble with something?”



“Okay, why can’t I control myself?” I said while writing down the problem.



“You’ll see.”



She went over to the black board and wrote, “Stop.” I finally was able to let go of the pencil. Then I figured it out. Whatever Mrs. Smiles wrote on the board would come true!



I whispered to Sally, “I don’t think this teacher is as nice as she seems to be.”



“Why do you think that?"



"Now class, I'm not who you think I am." She took off her gloves. Long nails came out. She took off her hat. Green hair! I looked at the cupcakes she brought. They had turned into slugs!



“RUN FOR YOUR LIFE!" I screamed! Everyone raced to the doors, they were locked down!



Mrs. Smiles (which I really don't think her name was), her voce started to sound really squeaky.



I went over to Sally. "THAT’S why. And I think she is a --



"Hush! There will be no talking in my class! Oh, and yes, were you about to say A WITCH, Megan? Well, you'd be correct!" She laughed.



"Oh! And you can call me Mrs. Witch."



"Wow, you have really simple names." I said. “Oh, yeah, and one more question,” I said. “What was up with the chalkboard thingy?”



“Oh, you see, my dear, that’s how I get started.”



“Okay?”



“You see, it’s in my substitute/witch book.” She took out a pot.



“What are you doing with that pot?”



“Now which one of you should I cook up? Perhaps all of you?!” The class screamed.



“I’ll be right back.” Mrs. Witch yelled. The door closed.



“Okay, what are we going to do?” I asked.



“We have the weirdest teachers ever,” said a boy named John in my class.



Sally stood up, “Are we having her for the rest of the school year?”



I said back, “We might not even have her for the next few hours because we might get eaten.”



“There has to be someway out,” Sally said.



“Hey, look!” said Tyler, one kid in my class. “There’s her broom stick.”



“So?”



“So, her broomstick must be powerful, so there could be a chance we can get out of here.”



“That might be actually not a bad idea.”



So I made my way over to the broomstick. There was a power button. I pressed it a button called “fly mode.” It didn’t budge.



“I think she put a lock on this.”



“Wow, she really thought this plan out” said Sally.



I was still sitting on the broom. Then I heard a SNAP.



“Uh, oh.” The broom snapped like a twig.



“This can’t be good.” I fell to the ground.



“Quick” said Sally. “I think the witch is coming. Put it in the supply closet.”



“Good thinking.” I rushed my way over to the supply closet and threw the broom in. “Quick, act natural.” Everybody went to there seat and started whistling.



The witch came in.



“I was gone for 5 minutes to go look for an ingredient, and why do I come back to all of the class whistling. . . ? Must be a human thing.”



“Did you find the ingredient?” I asked.



“No, but I might just have some in my bag.” She went in to her bag, and asked a question that I was hoping she would never ask. “Where is my broom?” I and my class were speechless.



“We don’t know. It’s not like we ever touched it.” I said. The witch came right over to me and looked at me straight in the eye.



“I did not touch it.”



“You filthy kids hid it didn’t you? Well, guess what, your plan is ruined, because I will find it, that broom. And also I bet you don’t know that witches have an excellent sense of smell. I have been with my broom FOREVER so I have an EXCELLENT sense of smell for my broom.



She went sniffing around. She got to the closet. She took a big sniff at the closet. But then she went on to the next place. Then she came back to the closet. She put her hand on the door knob. And did the worst thing I could’ve imagined. . . .She opened the door! She saw her broom and picked it up, but she could only pick up half of it because it was broken.



She did NOT look happy at all.



“WHO BROKE MY BROOM?!” The whole school shook, she shouted so loud. Our principal came in.



“Mrs. Smiles was that coming from --.” He saw Mrs. Witch. “By any chance, what is going on here?”



“I can explain.”



“That’s what they all say. Goodbye whatever your name is.” The class cheered. And that’s how I got rid of my teacher. . .AGAIN!













Article posted May 11, 2009 at 03:39 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 84



Article posted June 1, 2009 at 07:14 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 97

July 3rd



Dear Alli,



How’s it going at camp? It’s so sad that we can barley see each other through the summer. I mean, you’re in camp for about the whole summer, and I’m going to be in Hawaii for about another month. Wish you could be here with me, and I wish I could be there with you.



See you in August!



Sincerely,

Jessica



P.S Can’t wait until you get home because we have two weeks all to ourselves. But then school. :(



As you can see, I was writing to my best friend Alli because I’m in Hawaii and she is on the other side of the country in North Carolina for Sleep Away Camp. You see, we always hand out during the summers, but since we are going to sixth grade her mom wanted her to go to sleep away camp and my family planned for us to go to Hawaii for two months. Besides Alli not being here, I’m really enjoying Hawaii. It’s so beautiful! Especially the beaches. There was a mailbox outside our hotel. I licked the envelope and placed it in the mailbox. As I was walking back in to the lobby, I was thinking about tomorrow, 4th of July. But the only sad thing is, Alli is not here to spend it with me. Last year we would go on the deck of my house and watch the fireworks and she would usually sleepover. It was tradition.



Morning of 4th of July



I really thought it would take a couple of days for Alli to get my letter and send it back, but she must have really been expecting a letter because I got the letter today. I went out to my mom to tell her. She was sitting out on the beach.



“Hey, Mom, I got the letter back from Alli.” I ripped the envelope open. I read it out loud:



Dear Jessica,



Camp is going well. But it would be better if it was the both of us. Anyway, how is Hawaii? I told you it was beautiful too. And I forgot to tell you, happy 4th of July! I bet you will watch the fireworks much later than me because of the six hour time difference! Anyway, enjoy the fireworks!



Sincerely,



Alli :)

P.S You’re right, we do have two weeks to ourselves!



I ran into our hotel room and grabbed a pen as soon as I could. I got a piece of paper and wrote,



Dear Alli,



Happy 4th of July to you too! Hawaii is good and you were right, it is beautiful. It’s good to have a best friend who went to the same place as me. So, are you excited about sixth grade? Well, I think it will be a little weird because we were so used to being the oldest ones in the school, but now we’re going to be the youngest. Well, got to go have breakfast bye! :)



Sincerely,

Jessica



I ran to have breakfast and put my bathing suit on. Today we were just spending the day at the beach and the pool. I ran to my mom outside and put down a beach chair. I was trying to get a tan. I mean, I’m in Hawaii! I need to get a tan!



I don’t know how, but mine and Alli’s letters were getting to each other so fast! It was weird being away from Alli. We always spent the summers together. It started to get late but my family and I just kept sitting there for the fireworks. It started to get darker out. Then I heard a boom! The fireworks were starting! Oh! They were gorgeous! All the colors you could imagine and a pitch black night for the background! Oh, how beautiful were they. The fireworks ended late. It was getting around 10:00, but me and my parents were wide awake from the fireworks! We went to get Hawaiian ice creams. They were actually really good!



July 5th



The next morning I woke up and went outside to check the hotel mail. But there was nothing from Alli. Maybe the mail was slow?



July 6th



I went to check the mail. Nothing, again. Was Alli mad at me? Did I say something wrong in my letter? So I went to ask my mom. She didn't know why either.



July 7th



Nothing.



July 8th



SOMETHING!



Dear Jessica,



Sorry I haven't written in a long time. I haven't found a lot of time to write. How were the fireworks? Ours were good. Oh! And guess what? I met this girl, Lily, who will be going to our school next year, and we have been spending a lot of time together. She's a really nice girl. I can't wait for you to meet her. Well, I got to go. Me and Lily are going swimming in the lake.



Sincerly,

Alli



P.S Maybe next year we can all go to this camp! :-)



I had no idea what to write back. Was this girl Lily trying to replace me? Has Alli told her all about me and her secrets? I was getting worried. What was I supposed to write back to her “are you trying to replace me?” I was going to wait a day or two.



July 9th



Well, I got something from Alli today.



Dear I don't want to say your name because it's the weirdest name ever!



Let me just say something. You’re stupid, weird, gross, lame, and the worst friend anyone could ever have!



Alli



I just stood there with my mouth open. I could not believe my eyes. I did not understand why she wrote this. So I wrote back….



Dear Alli,



What did I do? I don’t understand why you are writing this. 



Jessica



North Carolina…….



“Hey, Lily, I got something back from Jessica.” Alli read it. “What am I talking about?”! What is she talking about?! While Alli was reading over the letter, Lily smiled.



Hawaii…



I have been very confused over the past couple of days. I just got the meanest letter from my best friend. And I had no idea what to write back. But, I got a letter back from her…



Dear Jessica,



What are you talking about?



Alli





So I grabbed a pen and wrote



Dear Alli,



The letter you wrote me where you said I was, mean, gross, stupid etc.



Jessica



Well, I got the letter back the next day. I think the mail man was getting annoyed at me and Alli with all these letters. Anyway, the letter said…



Dear Jessica,



I never wrote anything about that. I would never say anything like that.



Alli.



Dear Alli,



Well OK.



Jessica



I went on the beach and sat there in the sand for a little while. I was TOATALLY confused. But then I got a thought. Could someone else be writing these letters? Could Lily? - I knew it! She is sabotaging me and Alli’s letters. I knew this girl was trying to wreck me and Alli’s friendship.



Dear Alli,



I don’t think this girl Lily is so nice, because I think she is-



I crumpled up the piece of paper and threw it in the garbage. I can’t write a letter like that for two reasons. First reason, what if Lily reads it and throws it away so Alli won’t see it. And second, Alli wouldn’t believe me. I mean really think about it, what was I supposed to write? Dear Alli, I think your friend Lily is trying to sabotage our friendship. Then she would think that I’m trying to sabotage her friendship with Lily? Uh! Like I said, this is confusing. No this is REALLLY CONFUSING! So I thought about it a little and I wrote…



Dear Alli,



Just wondering has anyone else been reading our letters besides us?



Jessica



I went to put it in the mailbox.



Next Day



Well, I got a really simple letter back from Alli. All it said was “no.”



A couple of days have past and I and Alli haven’t been writing to each other that much. I bet she was just as confused as I was.



Well, it’s been two months. We were on the way back to New York. Alli was getting back a day earlier than I was. When we finally got off the plane ride, got our luggage, and we got home, Alli was waiting for me in the driveway. I opened the car door and ran to her. At the same time we both said, “I have so much to tell you.” We laughed.



“Jessica I would like you to meet Lily.



“Hi Jessica. I have heard so much about you.”



I could see the little evil in her eyes.



“I have heard so much about you too,” I said in a not so nice voice.



“Wel,l anyway,” said Alli, “Let’s go celebrate with ice cream.”



We all walked down to the ice cram parlor.



“So, Jessica,” said Alli. “I never wrote you that letter. I mean I would NEVER write that about you.”



“Oh, I know you would never write that about me,” I said looking at Lily. Lily looked at me in a not so nice way and I looked back.



We got to the ice cream parlor.



“Um, hey, Alli and Lily, why don't you guys go get us some drinks next door.”



We left the ice cream parlor.



“Okay, Lily, you can dropt the act.”



“What act?”



“Oh, I know you are trying to get me and Alli not to be friends again.” Before she got to say something I said, “I also know you were the one who wrote that letter about me.”



“Okay, look, Alli, say goodbye to your best friend Alli. I’m taking her away.”



“Oh, you know I could just walk in to the ice cream store and tell Alli everything you just said,” I said.



“Oh, you wouldn’t want to do that.”



“Why wouldn't I?”



“Because I and Alli have spent two straight complete months with each other. And she thinks that if you go and tell her that, then she will think that you are trying to mess up our friendship.”



I tried to say something, but she interrupted me. She said, “You can’t out smart me.”



She gave me an evil smile. She was right, I couldn’t out smart her.



“No,” I said.



“No. . .what?”



“You are not taking my best friend away from me. I don’t care what you say. I’m going to tell Alli the truth about you.” I walked out of there.



“Alli, I need to talk to you.”



“What is it?”



“Your friend Lily is not so nice. And I have proof.”



What Lily didn’t know was I had a recorder on my phone and I recorded everything she said. Alli listened. Lily came into the store.



“Looks like I out smarted you.” I showed her that I taped everything.



She said. “I can’t believe you did this.”



“Well, nothing can break me and Jessica’s friendship. Let’s go Jessica.”



And we walked out of the ice cream parlor.

Article posted June 1, 2009 at 07:14 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 97



Article posted June 9, 2009 at 01:34 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 92

Cheergirl98-

we were both friends when we saw each other



Nickjonasluver16-

we’ve been through everything together

I know that we're best friends



Both- wooo WO ho



Nickjonasluver16-

cause best friends are always there for each other and I know that we will stay best friends



Cheergirl98(high)-

cause we will stay best friends forever!



Both-

cause we know that you're my best friend and nothing can tear us a-part and that will never change I love you like a sister and your amazing you can always depends on me woohoh!



Nickjonasluver16 (low)-

so when I see you I smile and wave up high



Cheergirl-

cause you're my best friend and we’ve been through lots of things I know that I can depend on you cause I'm begging you please stay my friend



Both-

cause we know that you're my best friend and nothing can tear us a-part and that will never change I love you like a sister and you're amazing you can always depends on me woohoh!


Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted June 9, 2009 at 01:34 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 92



Article posted June 17, 2009 at 11:10 AM GMT0 • comment • Reads 66

High Healed



Inspired by the songs of Miley Cyrus (and Hannah Montana).



Characters:

Alyssa

Maggie

Max

Mini

Alexa

Dad

Six Girls



(Walking to school.)



Alyssa (walking towards Maggie): Hey, Maggie.



Maggie: Hey Alyssa.



Alyssa: OMG! I just remembered that they’re having a major sale on high heels in a couple of days!



Maggie (under her breath): Oh, high heels? Of course. . . .



Alyssa: Did you say something?



Maggie (smiling and walking farther from her): No!



Alyssa: There’s something up with her today….



(In school hallway.)



Alyssa: I’m telling you there is something up with her. I tried talking to her in Biology but she wouldn’t talk to me. I asked her if she was mad at me, and she said no. It’s just like she’s not the same ever since I told her about the high heels shoe sale.



Max: Maybe she doesn’t like high heels?



Mini: Yeah, maybe Max is right?



Alyssa (taking a deep breath): Nooooo! No, no, stop saying that! Oh!



Alexa: You never know, Alyssa.



(Max, Mini, and Alexa walk off.)



Alyssa (putting her hands over her eyes not knowing what to do): No, that can’t be it. Maybe it is, I don’t know.



(Maggie enters. Alyssa still has her hands over her eyes.)



Maggie: Hi, Alyssa!



Alyssa: AH! You scared me!



Maggie: Oh, sorry.



Alyssa: Hey, you haven’t been the same ever since I told you about the shoe sale on high heels. And Max said that maybe you don’t like high heels anymore. I know that can’t be possible, right?



Maggie: Uh, of course not! BYE!



(Maggie runs off.)



Alyssa: Now there is DEFINITELY something wrong with her today!



(The scene changes to Alyssa’s house. Alyssa walks in to her dad and mom’s room and her dad is watching TV on the bed.)



Alyssa: Hey dad, Maggie was really different today.



Dad: Why?



Alyssa: Well, I’m not really sure but it started ever since I told her about the high heels sale that’s in an hour.



Dad: Maybe she doesn’t like high heels.



Alyssa: WHY DOES EVERYBODY KEEP SAYING THAT?! Max, Mini and Alexa said that and now my dad. Uuuugggghhhh!



Dad: Maybe they’re right.



(The doorbell rings.)



Alyssa: I’ll get it!



(Alyssa opens the door.)



Alyssa: Hey, Maggie, come in.



(They go and sit on the couch.)



Alyssa: I need to ask you a question.



Maggie: Sure, anything. What is it Alyssa? Wait, I think I know. Are you gonna’ ask why I have been so strange today. It’s because. . . .



Alyssa: What is it?



Maggie (NOT telling the truth): Jjuuusstt because. . . .I was in one of my moods.



Alyssa: Well, ok!



(Maggie hangs out a little at her house. After, Alyssa goes on a three way phone call with Max, Alexa, and Mini.)



Max: Soooo, what happened with you guys?



Alyssa: She said that she was in one of her “moods.”



Mini: Do you believe her?



Alyssa: I don’t know, should I?



Alexa: Well, it’s up to you.



Alyssa: What do you think guys?



Mini: Yup, I agree, it’s up to you.



Alyssa: Max? You got any advice?



Max: Nope, sorry. I agree with Alexa and Mini too.



Alyssa: Wait, I’m getting another call. It’s Maggie! What do I do?-



Mini: Just speak to her!



Alyssa: But what if. . . ?



Max, Mini, and Alexa at the same time: GO!



Alyssa: Fine, fine, bye!



Max, Mini, and Alexa at the same time: Bye!



Max: You think she’s gonna’ make it?



Alexa: Not at all.



Mini: Same.



(They all get off the phone. Alyssa and Maggie are on the phone)



Alyssa: Hey, Maggie.



Maggie: Hey, Alyssa. I was wondering if you were free on Friday. Maybe we can have one of our sleepovers!



Alyssa: Friday, Friday, uh, yeah I think I’m free.



Maggie: Your house, 6:00?



Alyssa: Awesome!



Maggie: K



Maggie: Bye!



Alyssa: Bye!



(Next day, two days before the sleepover, Alyssa passes Maggie in the hallway. Maggie is talking to Mini, Max and Alexa. Alyssa realizes she is wearing shoes instead of high heals. Alyssa wipes her eyes thinking she’s seeing wrong. When she takes her hand off of her eyes she sees she wasn’t mistaken. Alyssa just shrugs and walks off.)



(Day of the sleepover. Scene changes to Alyssa’s concert. Maggie and Alyssa are together, arms locked with each other. Max, Mini, Alexa and six girls are behind them.)



Maggie: Good luck.



(They hug each other.)



Max: Well, we better go take or seats.



(Scene changes to a stage. Alyssa’s friends are in the front seat. Alyssa is up on stage.



Alyssa: Hi, everyone. I want to dedicate this song for all of you guys out there and especially my best friends who are out there also. Are you ready? Whoo! Here we go!



Life is just a party so come as you are,

Dress it up or dress it down,

never forget your guitar,

Just be courageous, this styles contagious

Everyone can rock out like a superstar.

Lets get crazy,

Get up and dance,

Take a swing,

Do your thing,

If we’re taking a chance

Lets get crazy

Yeah, just kick up your heels

Don’t miss out,

time to shout

Always keeping it real

Lets get crazy!

Crazy Our songs,

Our style

Our hair,

Our smile

Our laughs,

Our heart

Our grace,

Our smarts

You see me on the cover of a magazine,

Remember, Things are always different then the way that it seems,

Here’s an invitation, to every nation.

Meet me on the dance floor and we'll make the scene.

Let’s get crazy!

Get up and dance,

Take a swing,

do your thing,

If we’re taking a chance

Lets get crazy

Yeah just kick up your heels

Don’t miss out,

time to shout

Always keeping it real

Lets get crazy!!

Crazy

la la la la la la...ohhhh.

Our songs,

our style

our hair,

our smile

our laughs,

our heart

our grace,

our smarts

Lets get crazy!

Get up and dance,

Take a swing,

Do your thing,

If we’re taking a chance,

Lets get crazy!

Turn the music up loud,

Now’s the time to unwind,

Lose yourself in the crowd,

Lets get crazy!

Yeah, the fun’s just begun,

Come on dance everyone.

Here’s an invitation,

to every nation.

Oh, Oh, yeah,

Oh, Oh, yeah Crazy

Take a swing,

do your thing,

If we’re taking a chance, Lets get crazy!

Yeah, just kick up your heels,

don’t miss out,

time to shout,

always keeping it real,

Lets get crazy!



Alyssa: Thank you all! Goodnight!







(The concert is over and the scene changes to Alyssa’s room for a sleepover. On stage is Alyssa, Maggie, Mini, Alexa, and six girls.)



Alexa: Oh, my gosh! The concert was amazing!



Mini: Yeah, you did amazing.



Maggie: OK, who is ready to have some fun? Turn the music up loud, Alyssa!



(“Girls just wanna’ have fun” starts to play and everyone starts dancing.)



Maggie: I come home in the morning light

My mother says, "When you gonna live your life right?"

Oh mother dear we're not the fortunate ones

And girls they wanna have fun

Oh girls just wanna have fun



Alyssa: The phone rings in the middle of the night

My father yells, "what you gonna do with your life?"

Oh daddy dear you know you're still number one

And girls, they wanna have fun

Oh girls just wanna have



Both: That's all they really want

Some fun

When the working day is done

Oh girls they wanna have fun

Oh girls just wanna have fun



(Girls they wanna, wanna have fun)

(Girls, they wanna have)



Alyssa: Some boys take a beautiful girl

And hide her away from the rest of the world

I wanna be the one to walk in the sun

Oh girls they wanna have fun

Oh girls just wanna have

Maggie: That's all they really want

Some fun

When the working day is done

Oh girls they wanna have fun

Oh girls just wanna have fun



(Girls they wanna, wanna have fun)

(Girls, they wanna have)



Both: They just wanna, they just wanna

They just wanna, they just wanna



Maggie: That's all they really want

Some fun

When the working day is done

Oh girls they wanna have fun

Oh girls just wanna have fun



Maggie :( Girls they wanna, wanna have fun)

(Girls, they wanna have)



Alyssa: When the working, when the working

When the working day is done

Oh when the working day is done

Oh girls the wanna have fun



Both: (Girls they wanna, wanna have fun) (have fun)

(Girls, they wanna have)



(Girls they wanna, wanna have fun)

(They wanna have fun)

(Girls, they wanna have)



One of the six girls: I just love that song!!



Maggie: I know, right!?







(Mom enters Alyssa’s room.)



Mom: Girls, was that you making all that sound?



Alyssa: Oh, sorry, mom, we’ll try to keep it down.



(Mom exits.)



Maggie: I have a little surprise for you.



(Maggie pulls out a best friend necklace and the heart is broken so they both have one. Then they hug!)



Alyssa: Aw, thanks and I have a surprise for you.



(“Full circle” starts playing. Alyssa knows Maggie absolutely loves that song!)



Alyssa:

I’ve been in a rut

Back and forth enough

Heart like the wheel

Without you around

So uncomfortable is how it feels

Every time you’re near

Trouble disappears

Under the ground

But when you go too far

Silver clouds will start hanging around



And I know why

Try to run

But I keep on

Coming back

Full circle

And I can’t jump the track

Can’t let you go

Tried to once

So I keep on

Coming back

Full circle

‘Cause I know you’ll come around

You’ll come around



Skippin' down a broken path

How long can I last?

Please let me know

Where’s the finish line

‘Cause I’ve got to find somewhere to go

I don’t want to hear

These people interfere

What do they know?

What I feel inside

When I’m up all night

Needing you oh…



I don’t know why

Tried to run

But I keep on

Coming back

Full circle

And I can’t jump the track

Can’t let you go

Tried to once

So I keep on

Coming back

Full circle

‘Cause I know you’ll come around

You’ll come around

‘Cause I know you’ll come around

You’ll come around



I'll keep on runnin’

Till we meet in the middle

I'll push it right aside

And I give just a little

There’s miles to go

But wait

Don’t hold back

We’ll make it



And I know why

Tried to run

But I keep on

Coming back

Full circle

And I can’t jump the track

Can’t let you go

Tried to once

So I keep on

Coming back

Full circle

‘Cause I know you’ll come around

You’ll come around

I know you’ll come around

You’ll come around

Yeah I know you’ll come around

You’ll come around



Maggie: I just love it when you sing that song!



Alyssa: And that’s why I sang it!



Alexa: Okay, I’ve been enjoying the songs but why not dancing.



(Maggie and Alyssa and Alexa both look at each other and smile.)







The music starts to play “Lets Dance.”



Alyssa: The weekend's almost done

The moon is low in the sky

I feel like going out

Before the night passes by

I won't just sit around

When life becomes a drag



I dance



(Music plays. Everyone starts doing the tango. Alyssa and Maggie pair up.)



Maggie: I like the base (turn it up, turn it up, and turn it up)

I like the boom (turn it up, turn it up, turn it up)

I need guitar (turn it up, turn it up, turn it up)

I like that drum when it goes boom da boom da boom

Let's dance for the weekend, what the night is all about

Let's Dance grab your girlfriends grab your boyfriends let it out

Let's Dance (move your whole body) Let's start the party

To much rock for one girl can make her go crazy

I need someone to dance with me baby (dance)



The music's on (turn it up, turn it up, turn it up)

My favorite song (turn it up, turn it up, turn it up)

The beat is strong (turn it up, turn it up, turn it up)

We'll dance COME ON

Let's dance on the weekend, when the night is all about

Let's Dance grab your girlfriends grab your boyfriends sweat it out

Let's Dance (move your whole body) Let's start the party



[Rap]

Took just one girl to make you go crazy

I need someone to dance with me baby (dance)



Keep Movin'

Crank it up

YEAH!



When the night says "hello"

Yea Get ready to go

Turn it up Turn it loose Yeah

You got no excuse Just

Take a chance get out on the floor and Dance

Let's Dance for what the weekend, what the night is all about

Let's Dance grab your girlfriends, grab your boyfriends sweat it out

Let's Dance Let's start the party

(Dance with me, Dance with me, Dance with me, Dance)

Let's Dance for the weekend what the night is all about

Let's Dance grab your girlfriends grab your boyfriends let it out

Let's Dance (move your whole body) Let's start the Party

[Rap]

[laughs]

Took just one girl to make you go crazy

I need someone to dance with me baby (Dance!)



(Maggie and Alyssa trip after the song is over because Maggie is wearing sneakers and Alyssa is wearing high heals. They both laugh.)



Alyssa: Wait one sec, Maggie are you wearing sneakers?



Maggie: Uhhhh…. OKAY yes, I’ve been dying to tell you that sneakers are SO much better.



(Everyone gasps. Alyssa starts to give reasons why they are so much better. Then Maggie starts to give reasons why sneakers are so much better.



Alyssa: I can’t believe you like sneakers?!



Maggie (pausing): I’m going to bed



(Everyone else does, too. Maggie wakes up. Everyone is still asleep.)



Maggie: It's six a.m. and I'm wide awake

'Cause I can't stop thinking

About the stuff you'll say

And me and I, I can't let it slide



The paper's not here yet the sun's not up

But I'm not afraid to tell you what I feel inside

I had one of those dreams that make it all so



Clear to me now

I got a whole new perspective

It's so clear to me now

You can't treat me that way



It appears to me

How long you tried to make me think

It was me who was being the fake

So clear



Why did I smile when I hurt inside?

Said I was okay when I knew it's a lie

I wanted to believe in you



You took your chances and one was me

So I'll just forgive you and set you free

I'm on my way

Yeah I'm stepping out of the haze



And it's so clear to me now

I got a whole new perspective

It's so clear to me now

You can't treat me that way



It appears to me

How long you tried to make me think

It was me who was being the fake

So clear



I wanna put the past behind

Try and maybe I can find better days

The first time in a while

Think I even feel a smile on my face



I got a whole new perspective

You can't treat me that way



It's so clear to me now

I got a whole new perspective

It's so clear to me now

You can't treat me that way



It appears to me

How long you tried to make me think

It was me who was being the fake

So clear



Yeah, so clear

So clear, so clear

Ooh



Sun's going down on a Saturday

And I feel all right, I feel okay



(Maggie leaves without anyone knowing. Everyone wakes up wondering where Maggie is.)



Mini (waking Alyssa up): Alyssa? Where is Maggie?



Alyssa: Please don’t even say her name and, besides, she is right here.



(Alyssa puts her hand on the other side of her and feels that she is not there.)



Alyssa: Big deal, she went home. I’m going back to sleep.



Mini: Alyssa!



Alyssa: What? It’s not my fault. Which side are you going to be on Mini?







(Mini stays quiet. The sleepover ends.The scene changes to the school hallway, and Alyssa is telling Max what happened.)



Alyssa: I can’t believe she likes sneakers more than high heels.



Max: Well, um, Alyssa. . . .



Alyssa: And I know I’m going to have you on my side. Because obviously when me and Maggie get in fights your always on my side.



Max: Well, I am actually on -



Alyssa: My side!



Max: Could you just let me finish?!



Alyssa: You don’t have to. I know you’re going to be on my side, right. . . ?



Max: Actually, no.



Alyssa: What do you mean, no?



Max: I’m on Maggie’s side. Bye, Alyssa



(Max walks off stage.)



Alyssa: Did you forget

That I was even alive

Did you forget

Everything we ever had

Did you forget

Did you forget

About me



Did you regret

Ever standing by my side

Did you forget

What we were feeling inside

Now I'm left to forget

About us



But somewhere we went wrong

We were once so strong

Our love is like a song

You can't forget it



So now I guess

This is where we have to stand

Did you regret

Ever holding my hand

Never again

Please don't forget

Don't forget



We had it all

We were just about to fall

Even more in love

Than we were before

I won't forget

I won't forget

About us



But somewhere we went wrong

We were once so strong

Our love is like a song

You can't forget it



Somewhere we went wrong

We were once so strong

Our love is like a song

You can't forget it

At all



And at last

All the pictures have been burned

And all the past

Is just a lesson that we've learned

I won't forget

I won't forget us



But somewhere we went wrong

Our love is like a song

But you won't sing along

You've forgotten

About us



Alyssa: Goodbye Max.



(Alyssa goes off stage. Scene changes to Alyssa’s house.)



Mom: Is something wrong Alyssa?



Alyssa: Oh, nothing.



Mom: Are you sure?



Alyssa: Yeah, I’m sure.



(Scene changes to Maggie’s house. Maggie is on the phone with Mini.)



Mini: So don’t worry, I’m on your side. Also I heard that Max is on your side too.



Maggie: Max? I thought he and Alyssa had been friends since Kindergarten?



Mini: Yeah, they have.



Maggie: He really went on my side then Alyssa’s?



Mini: Yeah. But I heard that Alexa is on Alyssa’s side.



Maggie: Fine, Alexa can be that way.



Mini: Got to go, bye.



Maggie: Bye.



(They hang up on the phone.)



Maggie: Uh, why did this stupid fight have to happen?



(Maggie starts to sing “When it all falls apart.”)



Maggie: Too bad she’ll never forgive me. . . .



(Scene switches to Alyssa’s room.)



Alyssa: High Heals, Sneakers….a fight! What was I thinking?



Alyssa: I can almost see it

That dream I’m dreaming but

There’s a voice inside my head sayin,

You’ll never reach it,

Every step I’m taking, every move I make feels

Lost with no direction

My faith is shaking

but I got to keep trying

Got to keep my head held high



There’s always going to be another mountain

I’m always going to want to make it move

Always going to be an uphill battle,

Sometimes you going to have to lose,

Ain’t about how fast I get there,

Ain’t about what’s waiting on the other side

It’s The Climb



The struggles I’m facing, the chances I’m taking

Sometimes they knock me down but

No I’m not breaking

The pain I’m knowing but these are the moments that

I’m going to remember most yeah

Just got to keep going

And I, I got to be strong

Just keep pushing on



There’s always going to be another mountain

I’m always going to want to make it move

Always going to be an uphill battle,

Sometimes you going to have to lose,

Ain’t about how fast I get there,

Ain’t about what’s waiting on the other side

It’s the climb



There’s always going to be another mountain

I’m always going to want to make it move

Always going to be an uphill battle,

Sometimes you going to have to lose,

Ain’t about how fast I get there,

Ain’t about what’s waiting on the other side

It’s the climb



Keep on moving

Keep climbing

Keep the faith baby

It’s all about, it’s all about

The climb

Keep the faith, keep your faith



Alyssa: Too bad she’ll never forgive me after what I said. . . .



(The scene changes to the hallway. Alyssa and Maggie both come in. Maggie is walking one direction, Alyssa is walking the other and they pass each other. Everyone gasps. Alyssa comes in with Alexa and Maggie comes in with Max and Mini.)



Maggie: Uhh. . . .



Alyssa: Umm. . . .



Alexa and Mini (at same time to each other): Look what the wind blew in? Look what the cat dragged in?



Maggie and Alyssa (at the same time): It’s OK, I got this!



(Alyssa looks down at Maggie’s feet. She is wearing sneakers. Then Maggie looks down at Alyssa’s feet and sees she is wearing high heels.)



Alyssa: Soooo. . . .



Maggie: Awkward!



(They both laugh a little then look back at each other with a straight face.)



Alyssa: Hey, don’t laugh. I’m mad at you!



Maggie: Well, I’m mad at you!



(There’s a long pause. Then they start laughing.)



Maggie: Nothing can keep us apart.



Alyssa: Not even a pair of high heels and sneakers.



Maggie: Hug?



Alyssa: Hug!



(Everyone says Awww.)



Max: And I have to say something too. I wasn’t really on someone’s side.



Alyssa and Maggie (at the same time to Max): What?!



Alyssa and Maggie (at the same time to each other): What?!



Alyssa and Maggie (at the same time to Max): What?!



Max: I was trying to get you guys to realize how stupid this fight is.



Alyssa and Maggie (at the same time): Ohhh. . . .



Alyssa: Now there’s nothing like topping it off with a song!



Alyssa: You wake up, it's raining and it's Monday

Looks like one of those rough days

Time's up, you're late again, so get out the door

Sometimes you feel like running

Find a whole new life and jump in



Maggie: Let go, get up and hit the dance floor

But when the lights go down it's the ending of the show

And you're feeling like you got nowhere to go

Don't you know



Everyone: You can change your hair and you can change your clothes

You can change your mind, that's just the way it goes

You can say goodbye, you can say hello

But you'll always find your way back home

You can change your style, yeah your can change your jeans

You can learn to fly and you can chase your dreams

You can laugh and cry but everybody knows

You'll always find your way back home



Alyssa: Your best friends, your little hometown

Are waiting up wherever you go now

You know you can always turn around

Cause this world is big and it's crazy



Alexa: And this girl is thinking that maybe

This life is what some people dream about

Cause when I'm feeling down and I am all alone

I've always got a place where I can go

Cause I know



Everyone: You can change your hair and you can change your clothes

You can change your mind, that's just the way it goes

You can say goodbye, you can say hello

But you'll always find your way back home

You can change your style, yeah your can change your jeans

You can learn to fly and you can chase your dreams

You can laugh and cry but everybody knows

You'll always find your way back home



Alyssa: Where they know exactly who you are



Maggie: Back home where the real you is the superstar



Max: Back home, you know it's never too far away

Let me hear you say



Everyone: You can change your hair and you can change your clothes

You can change your mind, that's just the way it goes

You can say goodbye, you can say hello

But you'll always find your way back

You can change your hair and you can change your clothes

You can change your mind, that's just the way it goes

You can say goodbye, you can say hello

But you'll always find your way back home

You can change your style, yeah your can change your jeans

You can learn to fly and you can chase your dreams

You can laugh and cry but everybody knows

You'll always find your way back home

You'll always find your way back home

You'll always find your way back home



Article posted June 17, 2009 at 11:10 AM GMT0 • comment • Reads 66



Article posted December 6, 2008 at 09:01 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 72

When I was going to Florida I took one flight from Atlanta to Florida, then from Atlanta to Westchester. It was after our trip one year, and we were heading home.



When we were on the plane from Florida to Atlanta it was really not that nice of weather. It was raining or snowing, I did not know which one because I was in a plane and the window was shut. But I know that it was not good weather because the person in front of me was opening his window, and I could see that it was not sunny outside. I also knew because when we got off our flight there was a big sign that said all flights were canceled. It could not have been anything else. All the flights were canceled except one and that was a flight five seconds away and coming back soon. When that flight came in, it would say “canceled” in bright letters. Well, all the words that said “canceled” on the board were in bright letters, all in bright orange. It was bright so people could see them, they stood out.



So we went to the place where we were supposed to get our flight just in case it stopped snowing or raining or both and we could get on our flight.



One and a half hours later



One and a half hours later we decided that my brother and mom were going to wait there and tell us if they found out if our plane was going to leave soon. That left me and my dad to go see if we could find a dinner place around where my brother and mom were sitting. My mom and brother were going to go look around because my mom wanted to buy a magazine, and she wanted to bring my brother with her because he had been sitting down with her for a while when me and my dad were walking around. She also said that she would buy something for him if he came. That is unfair for me so my dad said he would get me something.



An hour later



It was six forty-five now and we were not going anywhere for a while. My dad and I went to go to the place that we had found for dinner before because it seemed like a very good place to have dinner. So we asked my mom and brother what they wanted. My brother said he would come and help us carry stuff back to where my mom was going to stay and watch our stuff so no one would take it. My mom wanted a sandwich that looked like it was good. My brother said we were going to decide what we wanted when we got there. My dad did not know what he wanted at all. At least my brother and I had an idea.



When we left I really did not want to walk around the whole airport again. It wasn’t at the other end of the airport but it was far enough. But it was great exercise. So we started walking, and when we got there a few minutes later I was out of breathe because my dad walks so fast. I had to catch up to him to stay with him. We got there, and my brother and I went to the drink machine but my dad said we had to pay for drinks before you got them. We hurried to the line so we could get our drink because we were so thirsty. My dad ordered the drinks first so we would stop complaining. When we got the cups we raced over to the drink machine. (It was only, like, two feet away.) Of course I won because I am amazing. No, it was because I was closer to the drink machine, and I got a head start because I got my cup first because I was standing first in line and he was standing behind my dad who was standing behind me. So, first I got the cup, then my dad, then my brother. When we got our food we went back to our seats and ate, like, twenty minutes after.



Then an hour later, a little after we were done eating, our plane was ready to leave. That was not a very good day, but we now know our way around the Atlanta airport!

Article posted December 6, 2008 at 09:01 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 72



Article posted September 18, 2008 at 02:28 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 74

Once upon a time there was this very poor boy who lived and slept in a shed. The only thing he had was a flat screen TV. Don’t ask me how he has a flat screen if he is poor. He also has video controllers and one lounge chair. He doesn’t live with anyone but he does live near a beach.



You are probably wondering what he eats. He eats whatever he can find. But the thing is that he has a dad that gives him food. You are also probably wondering why the dad doesn’t live with him. The reason is that the boy wanted to know what it was like to live by himself.



The time came that he started to be addicted to video games. Then the time came that he had to go to school, he was nine years old. His dad said he had to go because he had to be smart and he could not stare at a screen 247.



So tomorrow he was starting Heathcoat Middle School. Yes, he is starting middle school even though he is nine because middle school starts in fourth grade. It,s kind of weird, but that’s how their district works. He is going to walk to school everyday. He is kind of nervous because he doesn’t have any friends. He thought they were going to make fun of him.



His schedule was kind of fun, he had gym everyday. His day started at 8:00 and ended at 3:45. He had a very long day, and he needed to go to sleep now. He fell into a deep dark dream. . . .



(His dream)



Okay, today was the big day.

I was starting school today.

I got into school and all these kids run up to me. It’s like they’ve known me forever. Wait a sec, I don’t know these people and how do they know me? Whatever, people finally know me. I love this. In ten minutes I have Homeroom.



I get into Homeroom and Mrs. Stevens, (the teacher) says, “Hello Jake” (the boy’s name) and he says hi. I think to myself, how does she know my name and she is also my social studies teacher.



“So, today we are going to write what America is to us,” says my teacher. Next I have Gym. In Gym today I am swimming. Mr. Banks, the gym teacher, says, “Today we are swimming and each of you have to swim three laps to pass your deep water test.” I thought he was very loud.

In the middle of gym class Mr. Banks got a call from Jake's dad and he was saying that Jake had to go to LA, (California) pronto. They were leaving in one hour. He had to leave school. Jake quickly had to get dressed and run back home to pack.



When I got home there was a pile of suitcases and a note. I go open the note and it says:



Dear Jake,

These are the suitcases I need you to pack in. I will meet you at gate seven in 20 minutes.

Love,

Dad



So how does he expect me to pack and get to gate seven 20 minutes on time?



(Not his dream)

Diinngg diinngg DDDIIIIINNNNNNGGGGGGGG!



I wake up. Wait a sec, I was in a dream and I have to go to school for real now. I was so angry. I had to get up, eat breakfast, get dressed, and go to school. My dad met me at my shed door to take me to school.



And school wasn’t that bad that day.

Article posted September 18, 2008 at 02:28 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 74



Article posted September 11, 2008 at 02:39 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 89

When my mom got a new car she decided she wanted a Honda Pilot. In the car there was a D.V.D player, the seats went down, and the best part was that my brother didn’t know. My brother didn’t know because it was the year before my first year at sleep-away camp, my brother was already at sleep-away camp, and we got it during the summer.



When visiting day came my brother was, like, "Why are you driving someone else’s car?" At the same time my parents said, "That is our car.” My brother got in and started pressing buttons. He wanted to watch a D.V.D. and my dad said, “no, sorry.” My brother was a little mad about that.



But he will get to see a movie when we go on a long car ride because my mom and dad don’t want to hear us on a long 3 to 4 hour trip or when we go to Florida. That is a 1 to 2 DAY car ride. UUUghhhh, I hate sitting in a car with my brother.



But we loved my mom’s car and still do!

Article posted September 11, 2008 at 02:39 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 89



Article posted September 11, 2008 at 02:40 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 69

Once upon a time, there lived this really pretty girl named Jessie, and she lived in a castle. Obviously she was very rich so of course she had a butler, a maid, a servant, and a nanny once a week that was very nice.



Her parents were in England for a meeting. They had to stay there for a couple of months and the nanny was watching her. She couldn’t go to England because she gets tutored three times a week plus her butler teaches her French. She also has a tutor for math, literature, and science.



Her tutors were very nice except for Mrs. Bloom. She was the science teacher. She could be mean if you didn’t pay attention, which I don’t do a lot! I don’t like her that’s why I don’t give 100% attention. (Sorry, Mrs. Bloom. I will try next time.) But Mr. A is fun and so is Mrs. Campervan. Jessie calls her Mrs. C. She is also very nice and fun.



If you haven’t noticed I haven’t told you what do in my free time? In my free time I do whatever I want. If you haven’t noticed, I live in a castle.



So my parents are getting back tomorrow. I guess I have to clean up the mansion.



How do I do this by myself??



I AM IN BIG TROUBLE=http://=http://=http://=http://



So I quickly call the maid and we get it all cleaned up. It took awhile, but we got it done.



Finally my parents got home and we go out to dinner!! They had fun in England!!

Article posted September 11, 2008 at 02:40 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 69



Article posted September 17, 2008 at 08:03 PM GMT0 • comment (5) • Reads 88

tapgirl is

Article posted September 17, 2008 at 08:03 PM GMT0 • comment (5) • Reads 88



Article posted September 19, 2008 at 02:54 PM GMT0 • comment (7) • Reads 76

In the past years, I have had really good teachers.

In Kindergarten I had Mrs. Gross. In first grade I had Mrs. Beshar. In second grade I had Mrs. Weiss. In Third grade I had Mrs. Cereola. I also had her in fourth grade. n fifth grade I have Mr. Brune, and so far he is a great teacher. I also have Mrs. Schore, but she is for advanced math. There are also specials. I love all my teachers.

Article posted September 19, 2008 at 02:54 PM GMT0 • comment (7) • Reads 76



Article posted September 24, 2008 at 02:55 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 84

A week and a half ago was my first travel softball game. My team's name is the Wildcats. Our uniforms are orange and blue. We won our first game. We also won our second game because it was a double-header.



During the game I got one person out, and I made a run. I also hit a ball into the outfield. I also almost slid.

Article posted September 24, 2008 at 02:55 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 84



Article posted October 2, 2008 at 03:47 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 76

tapgirl

Article posted October 2, 2008 at 03:47 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 76



Article posted October 3, 2008 at 03:18 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 64

When you look at this house it is like you are walking on the sky.

If you just take a look at it your eyes are going everywhere. This house is constructed in the northern German Island of Usedom. People say it is like icing on a cake, everything is upside down.

This house was built and designed by two polish men. They said

that they wanted to build something really unique. The two

builders said it was expensive to build. And even though it is built for two people they never thought that anyone would buy it. More than 100 people have been in it, and a lot of them say it a little disorienting. The two of them have not told anyone what they want to do with it.



I think that I would never want to live in that house because how do you go to the bathroom?! I wonder if anyone will buy it? I wonder how much they are selling it for? Would you want to live in it?



[LINK]

Posted by Editor on 10/01/2008

Article posted October 3, 2008 at 03:18 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 64



Article posted October 6, 2008 at 03:15 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 110

I was in Florida. My aunt works at a store that sells everything except food. It is a really expensive store. My aunt said that she would get me a pair of flip-flops. I got a pair that is orange and pink. I love them. They also fit today!

Article posted October 6, 2008 at 03:15 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 110



Article posted October 10, 2008 at 03:14 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 92

Today after I brought K. to voice lessons, I had to go to my brother’s soccer game. It was so boring. He was the orange team, and he was playing against the blue team. Half an hour later my mom starts screaming, “Yeah, orange team!” It was really annoying. In soccer there is this thing called "Silent Sunday." So I scream, “Mom, it’s Silent Tuesday, zip the lip.”



They also had their coach as the ref because they didn’t have a ref. I met a girl named Lizzie, and I played with my family friend's dog. My mom talks with EVERYONE!



My brother's team also won!

Article posted October 10, 2008 at 03:14 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 92



Article posted October 21, 2008 at 06:39 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 66

When I went to the mall, I went with my grandma because my mom could not go and my dad does not like shopping, and I would not want him to go with me. Like, when we went to this store in Rye. We walked in and 5 minutes later we were out.



When we finally arrived we first went to Clairs. I bought two fat bracelets and a rainbow beaded bracelet. Then we went to Limited Too. I bought a shirt with a

smiley face dude on it. Then we went to Abercrombie, and I bought a navy blue

undershirt. Then we went to Hollister, and I bought a blue and white striped sweater, and a new backpack. Then we went to go get pretzels bites. Then we left. We had the most fun time ever. I said thanks, and she left.

Article posted October 21, 2008 at 06:39 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 66



Article posted October 28, 2008 at 02:44 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 85

I was at camp the first time I flipped in a kayak. I had done a hip flick, which is something when you are in a kayak and you turn all the way around in the kayak but you don’t put your head in the water. One ear in the water, and one ear out.) Then I said I wanted to do a real flip, without anyone’s help! I felt so good.

Then the horn went. That means that it is the end of the period. So I said that I would do it tomorrow, which was visiting day. So I left because I had to go to swimming.



It was the next day, and I was in the kayak, in the water, and my parents were there. I was about to flip. I tried, but I didn’t get it, so the counselor turned me around so I was out of the water. And I tried again.



And I. . .Got it!



I was so happy I could hardly believe it!



I kept doing it until the horn blew.

Article posted October 28, 2008 at 02:44 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 85



Article posted October 29, 2008 at 02:52 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 84

Kelly: Hey what’s up? Did you do your homework?



Eliza: No, did you?



Kelly: Yes, but it was very hard.



Eliza: I didn’t even try.



Five minutes later they were in the classroom and Ms. Lang was trying to collect our homework but we have a bad class so it was not working.



Ms. Lang: Kelly, can I have your homework. (Yeah, sure.) Eliza, can I have your homework.?



Eliza: Um, well, I didn’t do it.



Ms. Lang: What do you mean you didn’t do it?



Eliza: I didn’t do it.



Ms. Lang: You have to go to the principal’s office.



Eliza: What!?



20 minutes later. (It was 20 minutes later because Eliza took awhile in the hallway.) Eliza was in the principal’s office.



Mr. B (the principal): What did you do Eliza? You are never in my office.



Eliza: I didn’t do my homework. (Uh oh, I muttered to myself.)



50 minutes later Eliza was back in the classroom and they were doing social studies.



Jon (the one who likes Kelly.): Hey, what are you doing tonight?



Kelly: Nothing, but I am not going out with you.



Jon: Why?



Kelly: Because I don’t want to go out with you.



Jon: Well fine, I’ll ask Eliza.



Kelly: She will say no, I know her. We are practically sisters.



Jon: Bye



Jon asked Eliza the next day.

Eliza surprisingly said yes, and they were going out at 5:00 on Saturday. When Kelly found out she knew that she had to spy on them.



The date on Saturday



Jon: You look very nice tonight. (He said very shyly.)



Eliza: Thanks, I guess.



Anthony (The waiter): May I please take your order?



Jon: Can I please have the chicken.



Anthony: That comes with a side dish. The side dishes are on page four.



Jon: I would like the mashed potatoes.



Anthony: And for you lovely lady?



Eliza: May I please have the Mac-n-Cheese.



Anthony: Yes you can. I’ll be right back with that.



Kelly (mumbling to herself): They are so weird.



15 minutes later



Anthony: Here you go.



He placed their food on the table.



Eliza: Thanks.



Jon: Um, do you like social studies?



Eliza: No! I got sent to the principal’s office today because I didn’t do my social studies homework.



Jon: I’ve experienced that before.



Eliza: You mean you’ve been in the principal’s office?



Jon: Yup.



The next day at school



Eliza: My date with Jon was awesome, I loved it.



Kelly: Yeah, I bet it was.



10 minutes later



Ms. Lang: Does everyone have their homework?



Eliza: I do!



Kelly: You do?



Eliza: Yeah, Jon helped me with it.



Ms. Lang: Can I please have it.



Eliza: Here you go.



After social studies was over Jon was waiting for me in the hall way and asked if I wanted to be his girlfriend.

Of course I said yes, and we went on a date the next week!

Article posted October 29, 2008 at 02:52 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 84



Article posted October 30, 2008 at 03:09 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 56

When Amanda found out that she had to go to public school she freaked out. Amanda said she would give up her dog and her phone. This was big for her because her dog and her phone were her life. In a million years she would never want to give up her phone and dog. Her dad said that she couldn’t give up her dog or phone, she would just have to go to public school. Her dad said she just had to go, no ands, ifs, or buts. And that was the end of it. So tomorrow she would have to go to pubic school.



She had to go out and buy school supplies, but she had never been to school before so she just got makeup, clothes, and new purses. When she got home her servant said that was not expectable, and she had to go back but with her nanny.



This time she got books to read. That was not expectable either because she needed notebooks, pencils, paper, folders, pens, and appropriate clothes and shoes. When she finally got to public school, she was three hours late, she had to get to gym class, and she had to go get changed into her gym cloths.



When she went into the gym everyone stared at her. She felt so embarrassed, but she just walked down the steps anyway to the floor.



Amanda started playing what she thought was soccer, but it was not soccer. It was not soccer. She was looking like she was having a spaz, so the gym teacher went over to her and asked if she was ok.



"Of course," she said because she thought she was doing the right thing.



At the end of the day she was not happy. She went home, and she missed her violin lesson. Her dad was not happy that she skipped her violin lesson, so he got his servants to pull her to her lesson.



When her lesson was over, no one picked her up. Her limo was suppossed to pick her up, so she had to walk home. It started to rain when she was walking home so she got really wet.



When she finally got home, she was surprised that she had found her way home. She went straight to her dad’s home office, and he said he had to talk to her. She asked if he was mad at her, but he didn’t say anything. He just started to stare at her. She didn’t know what to do, so she just went over to him and hugged him. Once she started talking, he said that her mom was going to take away her phone and dog if she did not go to public school.



Of course she still went to public school. She hated it, but she HAD to go if she wanted to keep her phone and dog. They kept laughing at her in gym, but she did not care. She only had one friend, and that was her dog Butters.

Article posted October 30, 2008 at 03:09 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 56



Article posted November 6, 2008 at 06:46 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 80

There once was this girl who lived at a sleep away camp. She lived there all through the winter, all during the spring, and all during the fall. But when it came time to start the camp, she didn’t go to the camp. She just stayed in her room. She did not get out of her room at all. There was a bathroom in her room. She stocked up on food right at the end of spring, and put it all in her mini refrigerator. She had a big room so she could fit all of it. It was like a hotel room with a kitchen.



You are probably wondering why she lives there if she doesn’t even go to the camp. Well, no one really knows, so I can’t tell you. But she doesn’t know anyone. Her parents died when she was first born, so she decided to walk around the world, and she stopped here in this sleep away camp. And no one has found her. Her grandparents don’t know about her because she was so sad that her parents died that she just walked away from it all. So what does she do when everyone is at sleep away camp? All she did was write letters to herself because she didn’t know who to send them to. At the end of the summer she would have

piles of letters all addressed to herself. She is kind of weird, but she doesn’t care because no one knows her. The camp directors don’t even know that

she is there because that is no one’s room, so they don’t know. No one’s knows.



She only has two pairs of clothes, and she only wears one of them because her other one is a bathing suit for when she goes down to the lake during the spring and fall. She had a raft, and a boat, so she would go on her boat, and when she got far enough, she would jump off to her raft. When she goes too far away, she would swim back, get on her boat, and go back to the campus. She loved it out there. She thought it was so relaxing, and it gave her something to do. She also went out and played soccer, volleyball, and softball. She could swim 50 laps back and fourth without stopping. She said that she wanted to be in the Olympics when she was older. She also said that she was going to do every sport, except basketball.



She had this one toy that she played with. It went everywhere with her. It even went on her boat with her. Its name was Jessie, and it was her best friend in the entire world. She seriously went everywhere with her. She LOVED it. It was her life. She even had a little bed for it. She got it when it was born, so her cloths were all ripped up, and she was really dirty.



You are probably wondering how she pays for food. She went to her parent's safe before she walked away. They were, like, millionaires. She now had millions of dollars. She was rich. She only uses at least 70 to 100 dollars every time she tries to find the grocery store because she wants some when she is older also.



At the grocery store she would get milk, cereal, chips, pretzels (snack food), chicken, pasta, etc. Yes, she can cook, and, yes, there was silverware in the camp because it was a camp. Tthe camp directors have to feed all the campers. For the big holiday she would make big meals, and have leftover for other meals. Sometimes if she was not that hungry she would not have lunch. She would always have dinner and breakfast. She is going to be very responsible when she is older. She also said she is going to go out to the store, and buy books so she can be a graduate at a college, and get married, and have kids. But right know she is just a girl in a sleep away camp.



Today she said that she was going to the lake, and she was going to sun tan. She was bringing Jessie. This is what her boat looks like:







It is a nice boat, right, but it is kind of small so sometimes she just takes the raft out and floats on it for awhile. She likes going on her boat better though. Sometimes she even just goes on her boat and just lays there until she thinks that she is suntanned enough and heads back. She usually stays on her raft for about thirty minutes, and she stays on her boat for about three hours. She stays on her boat longer because if she was on her raft for that long, she would probably drown. She also has a little room under the boat that has a bathroom, and a kitchen with food, and a living room, and stuff that would have to do with house materials. But the stuff is a little smaller than in a real house. She still likes it a lot. That is why she likes being on her boat better than her raft. Her raft is not the kind of raft you think it is. It is the kind of raft where there is a circle, and there is a whole in the middle. But on the outside there was a foamy part, where you can put drinks, snacks, toys, etc. She still goes on her boat during the winter because it has the underneath part. Sometimes she just sits in her boat, but her boat is still on the dock. She just likes sitting there and staring out to the other side of the lake.



She loves looking at the view. She sometimes goes on hikes so she could just look out at the view. Sometimes she even brings drawing paper so she can draw what she sees. Sometimes she has millions of drawings at the end, and she hangs them up in her room. Right now if you probably walk into her room, you probably can not see her room. Her favorite thing to do is draw, so she draws a lot, and she gets better at drawing. After she is in the Olympics, she wants to be a famous artist. But she does not like painting. She only likes drawing with color pencils and crayons. In her lifetime she has never ever used markers. Sometimes if she is drawing something really hard she sometimes uses a plain pencil with an eraser, but usually she just uses a color pencil. She thinks using a regular pencil is not very fun because then everything is black and white.



She likes to be happy and exciting. She thinks that her children (when she gets children) should always be happy and excited for everything. She also said that she wants two boys and two girls. She wants to have a really smart husband. She wants to have a husband that is really smart, and one that went to a good college, and went to good grade school, and she hopes that her kids will also be smart.



It was finally the summer time, and the other day she had gone to the store for the last time, got all the food she needed to, and all the new toys that she wanted to. She got home, put everything in the fridge, and looked at everything one last time because everyone was coming this afternoon. Then she went to her room, and she locked the door so many times she couldn’t even move her doorknob. She closed the shades, locked her sliding door, and then laid on her bed till she heard the buses coming. When she heard them, she got up, and stared out the window. She only opened the window a little bit so no one could see her. She watched them get their cabin assignments, watched them hug each other, watched them do everything until someone knocked on the door. She didn’t know what to do so she didn’t move. She closed the shade, but she didn’t dare ask who it was.



Ten minutes later, the person knocked again, and she decided to get into bed. Then she could hear them walking away a few minutes later. She got out of bed and went to take a bath. She sat in the bath for awhile, and she sat there and started to wonder who it was, and how they had found her. She fell into a dream in the bath tub.



Dream:

Knock, knock at the door.

She went to go open it.

There was this weird guy at the door.

He asked if he could come in.

Of course she said yes, sure. She was delighted.

She had never had a visitor. But when the visitor came in he. . . .



Then she woke up. She didn’t want to know what he was going to do to her. She was so scared and so shriveled up. She got out, put on her cozy pajamas, and got out unbaked pasta, and started to make it for dinner. After dinner she was going to go watch T.V., and watch the campers go eat dinner outside. She always got worried that someone would find her. That’s why she didn’t really like the summer. She liked the fall because of the changing leaves. She also liked it because she could go on her raft and boat.





10 years later:

Ten years later she was out of college. She had met one boy who she really liked. She thinks that he is going to ask her to marry him. She knew that because they have been dating for three years, and they had a date tomorrow.



Tomorrow:

They were on the beach together. She was standing up. He knelt down, and he asked her if she wanted to marry him. Of course she said yes, and they were getting married on Sunday the 9, 2010. They were so excited. It was everything that they wanted. They had everything in common. She left the camp to go find and buy a house. They found an apartment in NYC, and they had the whole floor to themselves. They thought it was gorgeous and wonderful.



A year later:

They had their first baby girl, and her name was Bella. They LOVED her. She had her own room because the apartment was so big. Her room was pink and had flowers on the walls. It was like a dream room.



3 years later:

They had triplets, two boys and a girl. They were as happy as they could be.

They got everything they wanted!

Article posted November 6, 2008 at 06:46 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 80



Article posted November 13, 2008 at 11:40 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 91

Hello, it is TapGirl and CheerGirl98 here.



We don’t know what to do write now, so we are writing a story!



So if you read this, you can comment us and tell us what we should write about. If you now know what you want us to right about, you can comment us at mrbrune.org! That is MRBRUNE.ORG but it is not capitalized. We just want you to notice it.



Please comment us because we are desperate for an idea. And we are kind of bored here, so hurry up!



Now CheerGirl98 is going to write some stuff about our lives here in mrbrune.org.



First of all, TapGirl, we aren’t in mrbrune.org but we are in Mr. Brune’s class. Well, actually, we are in mrbrune.org.



Where are we then? My name is TapGirl and your name is CheerGirl98 and if we are in Mr. Brune's class, we have really odd and weird names. Who would name their kids names like that?



Well, TapGirl, you are in Mr. Brune’s class. Where have you been the last three months?

Article posted November 13, 2008 at 11:40 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 91



Article posted November 17, 2008 at 07:20 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 82

Seven years later:



Bella is now ten years old. Cody the other kid, he is eight years old. The twins are now six and a half, and they love to go to school Bella is really smart. Jon, her husband, is working as a lawyer, works 5 days a week, and comes home on the weekends. I am a stay-at-home mom, and I watch the kids when they come home from school. I take them to all their activities, but on the weekend Jon takes them to their activities and we watch the games together. We go on vacation every other 3 months and for the school vacations.



Sometimes we go to beaches, Florida, California, etc. We love going on vacation. I get all the packing done when they are at school. They love their life so much. Bella said that she wants to go to a great college, like me, and be a teacher and a mom when she is older.



She just found a job working as a secretary for a lawyer. She loves her job. She works three days a week, five hours everyday. She has time to get home and change before she has to get her children.



She just found a job working as a secretary for a lawyer. She loves her life. She has met a lot of new people, and they love her there. She works three days a week, five hours everyday, and the rest of the days of the week, her husband works. But on the days that she works, her husband doesn’t work.



Now that her husband stays home a lot, he has learned so many things that he didn’t know before. He loves them better than he did before. He took pictures of his kids and his wife and he put them in frames and took them to work and put them on his desk. He wishes that he could take off work one day to be with his family and do a family activity. For their birthday parties he wants to be a part of everything, and plan everything.



10 years later:



Bella loves college, and she is almost out of it. The twins and Cody are now in high school, and they can all drive. You’re probably thinking that they all have their own cars, but they don’t; the four kids all share two cars. The twins and Cody don’t really drive that much, only when they have to. Bella uses the cars a lot. She uses them a lot because she is older than them, and she goes to more parties. Cody likes to ride his bike, and Jessica and Zach like to walk to places. They like to get a lot of exercise.

In the family they now have four cars, and they are all different cars. But the parents don’t care if they use their cars or the cars that their parents bought for them. Since Bella uses one of the cars so much, it is really like her car because she doesn’t let any of her brothers or sisters to use it.



One year later:

My mom and dad asked us to sit down on the couch, and told us something. They said that we were moving, and that we had to get packed up, and that we were leaving on Monday. Bella started packing right away, then Jessica went up to pack, but Cody and Zach stayed on the couch and they told their parents that they had just met really pretty girls. They wanted to stay right where they were. They were moving because Bella was back from vacation, and they needed to pack herself, but they are moving on because their dad found an awesome job to still work at. What he is doing is for a longer time period, so mom is going to be again a stay home parent. So she could spend more time with her kids because her husband has been spending a lot of time with the kids. She felt that she didn’t know them any more. So on vacations they are still going to go to vacations, but it will be different because they don’t know how to get places from where they are.



They did find a gorgeous beach like ten minutes away, and they are going to try to go there on Christmas vacation. They also just had three visitors at the door, and they gave us cookies, and we liked them a lot, and one of them is Bella’s age, and the other one is eighteen, and the third one was the mom. They seemed very nice, and Bella is out to dinner with the one that is her age, her name is Julia. Julia goes to the same school as Bella, but they did not know that they went to each other’s school. They didn’t know because it was their first year there.



It was three weeks into the school year, and they both didn’t know that many people there. Sometimes it is easier to not have that many friends, because then you can focus more on your schoolwork more than your friends. But Bella and Julia had finally met someone that was just like them. They could still have friends, but not the kind of friend that would care what they wore or how they acted.



You have to remember that she is still in college, and the twins are still seventeen. They just turned seventeen, and they use the car more. But Bella took her car to college. So the twins and Cody have to use their car and their parent’s cars, when their parents aren’t using it. Jessica still doesn’t use cars that much, so it lucks out for her brothers. She walks a lot, and sometimes she gets rides from friends. She is one of those people that likes to save the environment, and if she is driving a car, the exhaust blows out of the car. Anyway, they have boring cars, and her friends have amazing cars. Her friend’s cars are so much cooler. She does not like being seen with her parents, neither does Zach. Of course, they both don’t; they are twins.



Cody doesn’t mind, but he’d rather he wasn’t with anyone except his girl friend. They hang out twenty-four seven. That is why he likes to use the car a lot because he goes on dates with his girlfriend. His mom and dad don’t know that he has a girlfriend, but he told his brother and sister. He told them to promise that they wouldn’t tell mom and dad. If they did, they wouldn’t be seeing mom and dad again. (That means that Cody would kill them. Yes, it is violent.)



Cody just went away for vacation with all his friends because it is Christmas vacation, and that is what they do. He is sharing a room with his best friend, and next door is his girlfriend and her best friend. Her best friend is Cody’s best friend’s girlfriend. They are going to go to the beach and dinner with each other. They are the final four, that’s what they call themselves. They have this one night that they are going to a dinner with the whole school and they have to bring someone, so they are going with each other. They already called to reserve a table for the final four. They are the most popular kids in the school. You are probably wondering who pays for all of this. Well, the whole school doesn’t go, only the seniors and the school pays for them. Only the seniors go because they are the oldest, so they get the privilege of going without the rest of the school. It the special thing that seniors get to do. The rest of the school goes when they are seniors.



For vacation Bella is going with Julia to the beach in Long Boat Key and the twins are going their own ways. Jessica is going to a museum with her new boyfriend, and Zach is staying at home with their parents. He is broke, that is why he is staying with his parents because he gets everything free. He said that he doesn’t want to work, and that he wants to stay at home because he is getting very lazy. You probably know that when you get older, you get a little more boring. Julia just broke her arm so she can’t do that many things.



Seven years later:



Bella is going to get married in a week, and Cody just asked his girlfriend to marry him. Zach is just hopeless, he doesn’t do anything except lay on the couch in his parent’s living room. They said that if he doesn’t find something to do, or if he doesn’t find a wife, he has to move out. He doesn’t care, because he knows some people to go to like his grandparent’s, his friend’s apartment, or he can just find a job because his parents said if he finds a job he can still stay at the house. He just won’t be there all the time. He likes that idea. He is trying to look for a job as a person that works with computers. He loves his computer, and he wants to help people enjoy their computer even more than they do.



Well, Bella is going on a vacation with her husband and her new baby girl. Her name is Jess because she loves her sister. Her name is Jessica, and she loves her best friend Julia. She didn’t want to name her kid after them, so they came up with the name Jess. She is now three months old. Bella is not working, but her husband is. In five months Bella is going back to work, and her husband is going to stay home with their baby girl Jess. They love being parents, but they don’t get as much sleep as they want to. They hope that when she Jess gets older she will not stay up half the night. She is not bad when she has to take naps. She is only bad when she has to go to sleep at night. It is dreadful. She stays up half the night not crying but making noises. It is so annoying to Bella and her husband because Jess shares a room with them. She has her own little bed in there with them. It is not really a bed but a cradle, but it is big enough to be a bed. She also has a room that she sleeps in when she takes naps, but she sleeps in her parent’s room when it is nighttime because she sometimes sleeps in the bed with them. And it is easier just walking a few feet than walking all the way down the hall.



Cody is getting married in one week, and they are all so crazy. They cannot wait for the big day. Cody’s fiancé, Sarah, already got her dress, but Cody has not seen it yet. He is seeing it for the first time when she walks down the isle. He is so nervous and happy at the same time he cannot wait. Neither can she. On the other hand, the parents of the two of them are freaking out because they are just so stressed about the whole thing. All parents are stressed before their child gets married.



Zach finally got his job, and he is working at the Apple store in the mall. He also has a girlfriend named Ashley, and she is gorgeous. She really is. They are newly dating so there is no marriage yet, but Jessica is starting to really like the boy that she is with. They are going out to lunch in the city, and she thinks that he is going to ask her to marry him. She cannot wait for the big day.



Bella is back at work, and she misses Jess so much, but she loves to be back at work again. Everyone missed her and was so glad that she was back. They had a little party for her when she had walked through the doors. Instead of screaming “surprise,” they screamed “welcome back.”



Cody is getting married today, he is really excited, but he is really nervous.



One year later:



Bella is now pregnant. She thinks she is going to have a boy. But she and her husband don’t want to find out until the big day. Cody’s wife on the other hand is having a baby. They are so excited!!!! They are both really excited. They are both wondering if they are going to have a baby on the same day. They don't want to because then they have to have two rooms that the parents have to go into, not one. But if they do have a baby on the same day, then they could celebrate together.



On the other hand, Zach is very happy, and he is starting to work longer hours, and more days, and he gets more money doing what he does. He bought himself an apartment, and it is in the City also. He has started to get out more than he used to. He only goes over to his parent’s house when it is a holiday. He can do his own laundry, and he has his own car. He has one of the cars that he used to have. He just got it painted again. He also now has enough money to pay for himself and to get his own food. He likes not having to worry if his parents are going to buy food for the next day or not. But his apartment is not like the whole floor, it is half of the entire floor. It is not that big so he can still raise a family. He just doesn’t have to pay for the whole floor. It is cheaper than having the whole floor. It is also bigger than having that little room in his parent’s house. Here he can be alone, and he doesn’t have to worry about anything. He has to look very nice for work. He has to wear a tie and suit. But on Wednesdays, because it is the middle of the week, he always has to wear the shirt that he got handed out at the beginning when he started working. Every week he gets an e-mail telling him what color shirt he would wear. It is usually a rainbow. He has two of every color in the rainbow plus other important colors that the manager feels that his workers have to wear. One of the colors he doesn’t wear is black because the manager likes his costumers to see who is working there. On the front of the shirt it says Apple, and on the back it says STORE, APPLE STORE. It says it in all capitalized words. If you don’t wear the shirt on Wednesday, you have to wear it the whole next week. That makes you look funny because everyone else is wearing a tie and suit. So far he has never forgotten to wear that shirt on Wednesdays, but he knows people that have forgotten to wear it. Barley any people forget because they don’t want to look like freaks the next week.



He his going to go visit his parents this weekend. Jessica is also going to go see her parents and she is taking her fiancé with her. She is so excited to see her parents. She hasn’t seen them in so long. Her fiancé is also so happy to see them because her parents really like him. His dad died, and he thinks of him as another father. It is really nice for Jessica to see that her parents get along with her fiancé. Zach is also bringing Ashley. Her parents are also coming. No one knows this but he is going to ask her to marry him. He is hoping that she says yes because if she didn’t. That would be very embarrassing because her parents are going to be there. His parents and Jessica is going with her fiancé. That is why she would be very embarrassed.



Bella just had her second baby a few days ago, and Cody’s wife had her first baby yesterday. They are so stressed out right now, but they are probably the happiest people in the world. Bella wanted had a baby boy, and she is taking him to her parent’s house. So is Cody and his wife. They are both going because they want to let everyone see their new children. The whole family is going to be there. That is the only time that the whole family is going to be together. They are all going to stay at the house or at the hotel down the street because the house is gigantic, but it is not big enough for everyone. Their parent’s house is really big, but they don’t have enough guest rooms. They are not going to just sleep in the hallway. Their parents live in Scarsdale, which is why they have such a big house. The people that live in Scarsdale usually have really big houses. The hotel is not literally down the street, but it is a couple streets down. The people staying in an apartment are Zach and his girlfriend, the parents of Zach’s girlfriend, the parents of Cody’s wife, the parents of Jessica’s fiancé, and, last but not least, the parents of Bella’s husband’s parents are also staying at the hotel. The rest of the kids are staying at the house, sleeping in their old rooms.



The next morning they are all going to have brunch together, and they are renting out the whole luxurious Tavern Place, which is a place in the City. It is the nicest place. They rented out the whole place. If they didn’t, they would have to go to a different place because they would be very squished. They are having about twenty-five to forty people. They are very happy to be having all these people because all these people are family. It is nice to see family. It is even more special because the whole family is there. Not just one of her sons and his parents, it is all their sons and daughters and their family.



Later that month everyone was back at their own houses. They were back with just their little family living their lives. But something happened. The thing that happened was. . . .



Jessica got married. She got pregnant right away. She knew she wanted a girl, but her husband wanted a boy. The next day they went out to the doctor’s on Long Island. They went because they needed to find out if they were having a boy or girl. The whole time they were in the car they were so nervous and wondering if they were going to have a boy or girl. They were ecstatic, but they had to sit in the car the whole time until eleven o’clock because that was when they were having their appointment. At the time it was only nine thirty because if they wanted to be there at the right time they had to leave early. They were about to pee in their pants they were so ecstatic. They just couldn’t wait.



Then they got a phone call from Cody and his wife, they were sounding so nervous. They said that there baby had just gotten sick. They were so nervous, they sounded like they were crying. They would be crying because it is their first baby, and they probably know nothing about being parents because their child is five weeks old. I would not be freaking out, but I would not be happy if my first kid was sick within the first five weeks of being alive.



Then Bella beeped in. She said her new child was coughing a lot, and that he was sneezing. It sounded like they had been around the people at the party last week because they got other people’s germs. That was weird they had both gotten sick, but Bella was calmer than Cody and his wife. Bella was not worried because she has had a baby before, and she was very relaxed.



Jessica was due in a week. She and her husband were so excited. They were ecstatic. They could hardly wait for the big day. They were practically counting down the days. But you know what is really weird? Her husband was more nervous than her, and she is the one having the baby. They are having a girl, and they couldn’t be happier. They have already set up the room. All they needed was a high chair. But they were going today and they were going to pick out the best one because they were going to have the best things for the best baby in the world.



Jessica finally had a baby. It is a girl, and her name is Jay. She does not cry at all. She is the best baby. She doesn’t cry when she goes to sleep or when she takes a nap. Jessica and her husband are not tired at all when they wake up in the morning. They are not tired during the day. The baby does not make any noises either.



Guess what, you will never believe this but their parents are going on a cruise for three hundred days around the world. They have started packing because they are leaving on the second of December. During the time they are away, Bella and her family are moving into her parent’s house because they are the family with the most amount of people. They can hardly wait because, as I said before, the house is really big so they get the whole house to themselves. You are probably wondering what they are doing with their house during the time. They are renting it out to their family friends who are looking for a house. When they find a house they move to their new house, and Bella’s house is going to be empty when their family friends find a house.



Okay, so their parents are leaving tomorrow, and Bella and her family are moving today. It is only a ten minute move and they are taking all their cloths and toys because their house had beds and furniture and stuff. They don’t need to move all their stuff, just a little bit of it.



They are moving today because they want to be able to say goodbye to their parents because their parents are still getting the last bit of stuff together and they can’t leave it. They are also leaving at four fifteen in the morning. They are leaving that early because their boat leaves at six o’clock, and the boat leaves at the Regatta. The Regatta is the boat place down the street. They got tickets because the captain is their really good friend, and they used to have him over for dinner. Then he became the captain. He was on the boat the whole time. Everyday he is there, every hour he is there, he is, like, never on land.



Finally Bella and her husband have the house to themselves because Bella’s parents left four hours ago. They are happy because they are all alone in this gigantic house. Bella’s parents said that they could watch TV, they could eat their food, they said they could do anything they wanted. They even said that they could sleep in their bed. Now, you have to realize that their bed is two queen size beds put together. They are not fat people, but they have a big room. They said, what the heck, we will buy this. We have enough money, so they did.



Bella and her husband love the way they feel right now, in their own bed every morning. They wake up and groan they do not feel well when they sleep in their own room. They love her parent’s room. They love their everything.



Five months later they came home from their cruise. It was their April break, and they were all going to the Atlantis together. Even though the kids are very tiny, it is not like they are going to go on every ride. They are going to go on some rides. They are going to have fun!

Article posted November 17, 2008 at 07:20 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 82



Article posted December 1, 2008 at 07:23 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 90

Memories of when I found out that we had ten minutes left of our plane ride to the nicest hotel in Florida



When I found out that we were going to Florida for Christmas vacation, and they said that it was a five star hotel and that it was one of the nicest hotels in Florida, I really freaked out. I was jumping up and down and screaming. We also got a deal because one of my family friend's dad works for something I don’t know but he got us to have a lot of money off our room. He paid for half, and we paid for the other half. It was a very nice treat.



After about fifteen minutes we were in our rental car, and it was an hour away. It was five o’clock so we had to hurry up if we wanted to make dinner at six thirty. The family friends got there the day before so they were waiting there when we arrived and helped us find our room. Then they went to go reserve our table downstairs.



So the next day since it was so late we were going to the beach club that the Ritz Carlton has. It was about ten minutes away. It is so nice. They also had people that work there bring us down our lunch. You can order it and they bring it down to your seats. Also you can order a drink, and they can bring it down to you. Everyday I used to get a strawberry smoothie. Then the next year almost everyday I got a chocolate milk shake.



There is this other family going also. They have two little girls. One is five and the other one is almost one year old. Then they have a boy as the oldest child, and he is eight. They have really cute kids. They are going because we told them how good it was there, and because we would like to spend our vacation with them. They heard about it from us. They do not get a discount because I don't think they know the people that we got a discount from. They have to pay the full amount. We got lucky. And as I said before, we don't have to pay the full amount.



This year I am so happy. I can not wait even a little second, not even the tiniest second in the world. We were going to drive this year, but then we decided not to. We drove down I think when I was in first grade and it was so much fun. Even typing about it I can remember it. I got to wear pajamas and I was all comfortable. It was a nice drive down. At night we went to a restaurant and then we stayed at a nice motel. Then in the morning we went to the breakfast place downstairs. Then we got back on the road. We stopped because we had been driving since four thirty that morning, and my dad could not drive that long. We went to have dinner around six thirty and drove and found the motel. Then we finally went to bed around maybe nine fifteenish. It was a late night for us. My parents went to bed around eleven, but they weren't that loud except for the T.V. that my dad was watching while my mom read a book. It was a good night. But the T.V. was a little loud, and I didn't want to tell my dad to quiet down because he thought that I was asleep, but I was not. I finally fell asleep around ten thirty. But that was late for me because as I said before I was only in first grade. My brother fell fast asleep. He slept like a baby. I did not. I slept like an old married person, really old.

Article posted December 1, 2008 at 07:23 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 90



Article posted December 10, 2008 at 03:46 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 84

Two days ago I was begging my mom to get me these slippers. You can wear them in your house or outside your house, and they are REALLY comfortable. I am not lying. But the problem is that I cannot have them until the holidays which is stinkish because I have been waiting for these forever. (Well, since about three years ago and, in my book, that's a long time.) My mom said if I say one thing about it then she is going to return them. That is NOT good at all because I really want them. It's also not good because that means that I have to wear them after the new year, and I wish that everyone could see them before the new year.



I wish that I could get them right now=http://=http://!!!



I can not wait untill I get them=http://!

Article posted December 10, 2008 at 03:46 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 84



Article posted December 16, 2008 at 01:01 AM GMT0 • comment • Reads 63

Last Saturday, the 13th of December, I went shopping with my mom. Let me tell you, it was a lot of fun.



First, we went to this place in Tuckahoe. It is called Epstein’s. It was the first time we had ever been there. We had heard about it, and we decided to go as a whole family. That was a big mistake because my dad and brother don't like shopping at all. Neither does my mom. But I do,so they had to deal. My mom actually didn't care because she was excited to try out a new store.



The main reason we went to that store is because I needed new Uggs. Then we just decided to go shopping because we were there and it was close to the holidays. So anything I got I had to wait for the Holidays to open. To me that stinks because anything I buy I really like, and I would not like waiting for it.



Last year is when I got my short chocolate Uggs. I still have them, and they still fit me perfectly, which also stinks because I can't get new ones until I grow out of the ones I have.



Ok, so this time when I went my mom and I did not want Uggs or any kind of shoe, we just wanted a girl day to shop. So that’s what we did. All we did was shop for cloths. Then we paid when we were done. When we were out of that store we went to the book store. There we got a few books for me for the vacation. I wanted this one because I saw it on the back of this other book I had read, and it said, "if you like this book then you will love the book." So we went to go buy it, and I saw one that was on the back of the one I saw in the first place. So I got both of them. You never know, I just could read both of them on the vacation. You never know.



Next I went to Talbots. My mom wanted to look around the store because it was right there, and we were not just driving home to go back. When we were out of Talbots we went to Lord and Taylor. My mom had a Clinique bonus that was that day so we walked down to Lord and Taylors because it was in the same shopping center and it wasn't that long of a walk. So when we got into the store we had no idea where we were because we usually walk in the other side of the building. So we just walked a little and we found where we needed to be. When we got there I was guessing that the color of the Clinique bonus was orange because everyone was wearing matching orange scarves, and they were all wearing necklaces and bracelets that were orange. Some of them were even wearing orange hoop earrings. I was actually wondering if the manager gave those accessories out because they were all the same. It was really cool.



After that we went to get lunch. We went to the bagel store. My mom just got me a bagel with butter and pirate booty. She didn’t get anything because she had leftovers from the night before when she went out to dinner with these people that are very nice. They are parents of kids that are on my brother's soccer team.



At the end of the day I was thankful for my family because we can do things together that some families can't.

Article posted December 16, 2008 at 01:01 AM GMT0 • comment • Reads 63



Article posted January 9, 2009 at 01:28 AM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 92

The ELA test is every year only for third, fourth, and fifth graders, though. This year I am in the fifth grade. I only have two days to complete the ELA test. It is really easy though. The first day of it is January 12 and the second day of it is the 13th. The first day we are reading stories then answering questions about them. The second day we are listening to our teacher read us a story and then answering questions about that. We all have to make sure we are paying attention when our teacher is reading a story to us.



The first year I did the ELA test I got a really high three out of four. The second year I got like a point away from a three. And I haven't had the third one yet but because I am practicing with my class a lot I bet that I will get a great score.



All you have to do to get a great or even good score is just pay attention in class because if you don't you are not going to know anything. The practice ones are the same exact thing as the real one except there is a different story so you don't know the answers.



Really, if you think about it, the ELA test is really easy, and if you just put your mind to it you will get a perfect or almost perfect score,



I know I have!

Article posted January 9, 2009 at 01:28 AM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 92



Article posted January 21, 2009 at 03:01 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 79

CheerGirl98 is one of my best friends. She was my first friend. Our moms met before we were even born, and we met when we were almost one. I know almost everything about her. Her favorite colors are pink, green, and blue. She plays basketball, soccer, and softball. She sometimes even does cheerleading. One of her favorite actresses is Anne Hathaway. Her cat's name is Belle. She loves Disney World. She doesn’t like it when people make fun of her or her height. She also loves to shop. er favorite stores are Justice, Limited Too, Abercrombie, and Hollister. Her birthday is November 24, 1998.



* I can always count on CheerGirl98, and she always listens to me. She is just a great friend.



SHE IS SO NICE!



biography

Article posted January 21, 2009 at 03:01 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 79



Article posted January 23, 2009 at 03:36 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 69

This morning (January 13, 09,) my dad was on the radio for being a champion swimmer. The radio place was located in New Rochelle, where he teaches. He teaches at New Rochelle high school as a math teacher. First, the radio guy talked a lot, then he asked my dad some questions. At first I did not know that it was my dad because he sounded so different than he does in person. It was so cool hearing my dad on the radio. If you are wondering how he got asked to be on the radio, it is because he was just in the paper for beating some records and for making new records at the last meet he was at. There was also a picture of him.



When my dad was done being on the radio my mom and I called him and said congrats for being on the radio. He sounded very ecstatic to me.



It was REALLY cool hearing my dad on the radio.

Article posted January 23, 2009 at 03:36 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 69



Article posted January 30, 2009 at 03:35 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 61

When my room got rearanged I was at sleep-away-camp up in Maine. I had told my parents a zillion times that I wanted my room redone, and they said that maybe it would happen, maybe it wouldn’t. But I kind of knew that it would happen. I was sure of it. So when I stepped off the bus I was like, we need to go home. Then we could go to my beach club because my mom said that when I got home from camp we would go to my beach club. My mom was acting like nothing happened, but I knew something did. When I got home my mom pulled into my garage and I didn’t even look around my basement or take my shoes off. I just ran upstairs and looked at my room. When I got to my room I fainted on where my bed use to be, but it wasn’t there anymore. It was on the other side of my room. I had fallen on to my pile of stuffed animals. I knew it felt weird. I got up, and I was in a shock. It was totally different. My parents had even hung up posters of some of my favorite stars. It was so cool. I was in a daze. It was almost the coolest thing that happened to me. It was AWESOME.

Article posted January 30, 2009 at 03:35 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 61



Article posted February 2, 2009 at 03:10 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 73

When I went to the batting cage, I went with one of my best friends. Her name is Maddy, and she was the first person I met when I was going to my sleep away camp. We actually met each other by a friend of mine that goes to my beach club. She also knows Maddy, and she introduced me to her.



She actually called me that morning, and she wanted to know if I could go to Frozen Ropes (the name of the batting cage) with her. I was like ecstatic because I was so happy to see her even though we had had a sleepover the weekend before. But I was really happy. And of course I said YES!



So when my mom dropped me off at her house we were off so quickly because we couldn’t wait to get started. She said close to a million times that she hadn’t played in awhile so she might not be that good. I said that it didn’t matter, that we would just warm up before we actually started hitting and throwing fast. I said that I would help her out because I've been doing travel softball practice in the Central gym every Saturday morning for awhile. She said that she hadn’t played since camp. That means that she hasn’t played in like six or seven months. That is awhile. She just wasn’t warmed up. That was okay because her mom had rented out the batting cage for one hour. That is awhile.



So, first we had to tell the people that we had arrived so they knew that the batting cage was being used. (By the way, it was like 3:05.) First, we all had a catch, then we did some pitching, (Just for fun, we're not that good.), and the first fifteen minutes was fun.



Next, Maddy and Annie’s (her little sister) mom started pitching to us just so we could get warmed up before we actually started with the pitching machine. When we started with the pitching machine, it was really fast at first. Maddy went, then her mom did, then I went, then Maddy’s sister Annie went. It was really fast, so we made it a little slower. I think there was a birthday party of really little boys. It was really loud in the batting cage. But it was really nice to go and practice though. It really didn’t matter if it was loud or not.



When we were done we went to Sal’s because we were hungry and the place's food court was closed. We asked if we could get something, and they were only giving out tootsie rolls. I hate tootsie rolls. They'redisgusting. When we got in the car, Maddy called Sal’s because we figured that it was going to be a long line. So we ordered a pie because the leftovers were going to go to Maddy’s dad. Her brother doesn’t eat that stuff because he is only one, almost two.



When we were done, (we all shared three slices), they drove me home. When I got to my house, my parents were sitting on my couch in my living room. When they saw that we were there they got up and came to the door. My mom and dad said that they could come in and sit down for awhile. My parents like to talk a lot. It's what they do.



When they were going to leave I said thank you very much for taking me to the batting cage, and my dad said that he would take me and Maddy one time.



It was a really great day!

Article posted February 2, 2009 at 03:10 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 73



Article posted February 5, 2009 at 01:46 AM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 82

I know that it really sounds weird that I painted a cupcake, but it isn't.



I was at this pottery place in Rye Brook, and I was with camp friends because it was right after my camp reunion and I was having a sleepover with some of my camp friends. There was nothing else to paint, and I thought that it could hold some of the bracelets or earrings that I would wear the next day to school. It was really cool. I made it a really colorful cupcake. But it doesn't look bad, it’s not ugly. I haven't gotten it back from the store yet because they need to shine it and bake it. But I can hardly wait to get it back.



When I was there one of my camp friends (Maddy, the girl that I went to the batting cages with) said, "I bet that my friend from my old school will be here." And then the next thing you know she walks in and says hi to us. She goes there like every weekend because their parents got divorced and they go there with their dad like every weekend.



I used to have my birthday parties there when I was five, six, and four. I don't know?!



So I am very excited to get it back because I wanted to see what it looks like after it's been in the oven and has been shined. It is a really cool place. You can make almost anything. You should go there.

Article posted February 5, 2009 at 01:46 AM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 82



Article posted February 5, 2009 at 06:55 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 68

Barbra and Jenna Bush were just living at the White House. Now it is time for Sasha and Malia Obama. The Bush girls are older than the Obama girls, though. They were both seven when their grandpa moved into the White House and eleven years later at the age of eighteen they moved into the White House when their dad was elected President. They had a lot of experience living at the White House, and they were happy to show Malia and Sasha around a little before the inauguration. They gave the two Obama girls a lot of advice about the White House and what the White House would be like living in. Everyone is sure that the Obama girls will take in a lot of the advice, especially the advice to slide down the banister and have a ton of swim parties.



I think that it is really nice that the Bush girls are being very helpful to the Obama girls. I wonder if the Obama girls have gotten lost walking around in the White House and if they have run into tours? It would be really cool to live in the White House, but it would also be very difficult because you would have to bring walkie-talkies everywhere you go if you want to reach anyone else in the house. I feel bad for the maid because it must take her two or three days just to clean half of the house. It would also be cool if I could sit at the President's desk because it is just so official!



☺☻☺☻☺☻☺☻☺☻☺☻☺☻☺☻☺☻☺☻☺☻☺☻☺☻☺☻☺☻☺☻

Article posted February 5, 2009 at 06:55 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 68



Article posted February 12, 2009 at 07:06 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 67

tapgirl#1

Article posted February 12, 2009 at 07:06 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 67



Article posted February 23, 2009 at 11:31 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 73

When my grandparents told my family they were going on a hundred and six day cruise (That’s three and a half months.)



When I found out the news I was very disappointed because that meant I would not be able to talk to them or see them for a while. But, no, my brother got a computer, and he had AIM and this thing called SKYPE. (It is this thing where you can call people, talk to them, and see them at the same time. But it is not like AIM where you can have conversations with people without looking or listening to them.) I didn’t think that I could see them for three months, which is even more time than I go to camp for. But there is only one problem. They are so far away that sometimes it gets staticy when my family is talking to them.



So about one month has passed. I miss them a lot, but I know that they are okay. That’s all I really care. They have gone on a cruise before but it was only about two and a half weeks long. They said the first time we talked to them that one of the old woman that they met on the boat (she is really old) said that she lives on the boat and since she lives on it she doesn’t get off at the stops anymore because she has seen them so much that she doesn’t need to see them anymore.



We cant really talk on the phone or text them or do any of that because they are a whole day ahead of us because they crossed the international date line. That means they are a whole day in front of us, which is kind of cool if you think about it.

Article posted February 23, 2009 at 11:31 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 73



Article posted March 4, 2009 at 03:27 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 73

Lyrics by Hannah Montana

Sung by TapGirl and CheerGirl



Sometimes I walk a little faster

In the school hallway

Just to get next to you

Some days I spend a little extra

Time in the morning

Just to impress you



[PRE 1]

Guess you don't notice

Guess you don't need this

Why you're not seein' what you're missin'

On the outside shyin' away

On the inside dyin' to say



[CHORUS 1]

I'm unusual

Not so typical

Way too smart to be waiting around

Tai chi practicing

Snowboard champion

I could fix the flat on your car

I might even be a rock star



[VERSE 2]

Sometimes I wish when the phone rings

That it would be you

Saying let's hang out

Then you confess

That there's something special between us

Why don't we find out



[PRE 2]

you don't even know me

Guess you don't need me

Why you're not seein' what you're missin'

On the outside shyin' away

On the inside dyin' to say



[CHORUS]

I'm unusual

Not so typical

Way too smart to be waiting around

Tai chi practicing

Snowboard champion

I could fix the flat on your car

I might even be a...



[BRIDGE]

...rock star

If you only knew the real me

I might even be a rock star

I'm telling you that we are meant to be

Now wouldn't it be nice if you could see

That I really am a rock star



[CHORUS]

I'm unusual

Not so typical

Way too smart to be waiting around

Tai chi practicing

Snowboard champion

I could fix the flat on your car

Rocking it where ever we are




Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted March 4, 2009 at 03:27 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 73



Article posted March 9, 2009 at 03:36 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 80

Lyrics by Miley Cyrus

Sung by TapGirl and CheerGirl (click the links at the end of the lyrics)



I can almost see it

That dream I’m dreaming but

There’s a voice inside my head sayin,

You’ll never reach it,

Every step I’m taking,

Every move I make feels

Lost with no direction

My faith is shaking but I

Got to keep trying

Got to keep my head held high

There’s always going to be another mountain

I’m always going to want to make it move

Always going to be an uphill battle,

Sometimes you going to have to lose,

Ain’t about how fast I get there,

Ain’t about what’s waiting on the other side

It’s the climb

The struggles I’m facing,

The chances I’m taking

Sometimes they knock me down but

No I’m not breaking

The pain I’m knowing

But these are the moments that

I’m going to remember most yeah

Just got to keep going

And I,

I got to be strong

Just keep pushing on,

There’s always going to be another mountain

I’m always going to want to make it move

Always going to be an uphill battle,

Sometimes you going to have to lose,

Ain’t about how fast I get there,

Ain’t about what’s waiting on the other side

It’s the climb

There’s always going to be another mountain

I’m always going to want to make it move

Always going to be an uphill battle,

Sometimes you going to have to lose,

Ain’t about how fast I get there,

Ain’t about what’s waiting on the other side

It’s the climb

Keep on moving

Keep climbing

Keep the faith baby

It’s all about

It’s all about

The climb

Keep the faith

Keep your faith

Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted March 9, 2009 at 03:36 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 80



Article posted March 20, 2009 at 03:21 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 68

It would be unbelievable but if it could happen to me it would be awesome. I would be shouting for joy and I would be high fiving people. Only if I could win the championships in softball. I have been in the championships with my rec team and my travel softball team, but I have never won the championships in rec. We were only a point away. Then someone got a grand slam. That was bad. My team wished that it had only been a homerun, but it wasn’t because there was someone on all the bases. But, anyway, this year in rec I want to win, but you never know. It would really be amazing



Article posted March 20, 2009 at 03:21 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 68



Article posted March 19, 2009 at 07:12 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 72

Kevin Richerdson is so in love with cats that sometimes when he is in a good mood he spends overnight with large cats and sleeps curled up next to one.



We are not talking about cats that you have for a pet. We are not talking about the cute lovable little soft cats that live in the house with you. We are talking about big cats that could be lovable. . .if you’re crazy! We are talking about cats that live in the wild, lions and tigers. Not a gray and yellow cat or an orange with stripes cat.



OK, now that we are on the same page, Kevin started working with these big and sometimes loveable animals about ten years ago. He now teaches lion and cheetahs and leopards at a cat's zoo in "Lanseria." which has about over 80 lions and other types of cats. "There are also rare white lions, as well as many wild animals, including cheetahs, wild dogs, jackals, hyenas and a wide variety of antelope."



Even though Kevin works with a whole lot of wild animals, his first love was the lions because he connected really well with them. Kevin says that he has known them since birth and that he wants to become friends with them until they are one and older. Unlike other trainers that the lions have had before, he doesn't use whips or anything to hit them or hurt the animals with. He LOVES them. He wants to "gain their trust. That’s why he does nothing to hurt them.



I think this guy made history, like a lot of the other people on this website. But this one in particular because he hugs the animals. He even sleeps with them sometimes. That’s crazy. This guy must be crazy. But it would also be cool to meet him. Like it would be cool to go see the upside down tree house that was on this website once, or the that woman who slept with the scorpions for like two or three days, and a lot more crazy things that people post to this website.



[LINK]

Article posted March 19, 2009 at 07:12 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 72



Article posted March 24, 2009 at 03:04 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 91

I LOVE SOFTBALL so much. I am on a travel team and a rec team. It is my favorite sport. I can’t get enough of it. Last Saturday, I played five and a half hours of softball between doing pitching for an hour, having travel softball, and then having rec softball in the afternoon. If I could do softball all day I probably would. I can’t get enough of it. When I’m at home not practicing softball or having a catch with my neighbor, there is always a ball in my hand. I’m either flicking the ball, practicing pitching, or just throwing the ball up and down. I also just got a pitch back because the last pitch back that I had broke so I had to get a new one.



I REALLY LOVE SOFTBALL=http://=http://=http://=http://=http://=http://=http://=http://=http://=http://

Article posted March 24, 2009 at 03:04 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 91



Article posted March 26, 2009 at 08:37 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 65

Pitching



I pitch a little when I play softball with my travel and rec team. I am not the fastest pitcher, but I am accurate. I learned how to pitch at winter training on Saturday morning right before my second rec practice. It was 9:00 in the morning and whoever wanted to pitch for the rec season could come an hour earlier and just practice pitching. So I went, and I learned a lot before rec practice.



Fielding



OK, so there is outfield and infield.



Outfield



Outfield is when you are on the grass, not on the diamond. It is a very important spot and either three or four people can play there.



Infield



Infield is a VERY important job because you always have to be paying attention because the ball always comes to you. If you are in the outfield, the ball sometimes never comes to you because if the coaches place the people that can get the ball fast in the infield than the ball sometimes might never go out to the outfield.



Everyone always has to be in a ready position because the ball could come to you. Ready position is when you in the position of an “alligator.” That is when it looks like you are sitting in a chair with your glove some what on the ground ready to get a grounder.



Catcher



I have never played catcher before, but I know a little about it. Catcher is when you have to wear all the padding, and you are squatting right behind home plate. It is a very important position because you ALWAYS have to pay attention. And you have to make long throws because you might have to throw the ball to second base if the runner is stealing.



Softball is my favorite sport. It will probably always be.

Article posted March 26, 2009 at 08:37 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 65



Article posted April 14, 2009 at 02:57 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 83

Lyrics by Jason Mraz

Performed by TapGirl & FamousStar (click link at end).



Well you've done done me and you bet I felt it

I tried to be chill but you're so hot that I melted

I fell right through the cracks

and now I'm trying to get back

Before the cool done run out

I'll be giving it my bestest

Nothing's going to stop me but divine intervention

I reckon it's again my turn to win some or learn some



I won't hesitate no more, no more

It cannot wait, I'm yours



Well open up your mind and see like me

Open up your plans and bam you're free

Look into your heart and you'll find love love love

Listen to the music of the moment, people dance and sing we're just one big family

It's our God-forsaken right to be loved love loved love love



So I won't hesitate no more, no more

It cannot wait I'm sure

There's no need to complicate

Our time is short

This is our fate, I'm yours



Do you want to, come on, scootch over closer dear

And I will nibble your ear



I've been spending way too long checking my tongue in the mirror

And bending over backwards just to try to see it clearer

But my breath fogged up the glass

And so I drew a new face and I laughed

I guess what I'll be saying is there ain't no better reason

To rid yourself of vanity and just go with the seasons

It's what we aim to do

Our name is our virtue



But I won't hesitate no more, no more

It cannot wait I'm sure

There's no need to complicate

Our time is short

This is our fate, I'm yours



Well open up your mind and see like me

Open up your plans and bame you're free

Look into your heart and you'll find that the sky is yours

so please don't please don't please don't.

There's no need to complicate

'cause our time is short

This oh this oh this is our fate I'm yours



Oh I'm yours



I won't hesitate no more

Oh no more no more no more

It's our God-forsaken right to be loved, I'm sure

Theres no need to complicate

Our time is short

This is our fate, I'm yours



No I won't hesitate no more, no more

This cannot wait I'm sure

There's no need to complicate

Our time is short

This is our fate, I'm yours, I'm yours




Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted April 14, 2009 at 02:57 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 83



Article posted April 16, 2009 at 03:16 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 80

Lyrics by TapGirl

Tune based on Crazier



I remember seeing you, for the first time

And you opened my eyes

I’ve never had that surprise before

Until you came, through the door



Chorus



You take me out of my zone

And turn me around

I’ve never thought about it

Till you left

I was alone, even more than before



I saw you coming as you drifted through

I’ve never seen anything like that

Then you looked at me as i was standing there

And I saw that sparkle in your eyes

And you made a big surprise



Chorus



You take me out of my zone

And turn me around

I’ve never thought about it

Till you left

I was alone, even more than before

Article posted April 16, 2009 at 03:16 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 80



Article posted April 23, 2009 at 10:12 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 57

Before the DARE Graduation:



Tonight is the D.A.R.E. graduation. I am happy and sad because every Monday morning Officer DiRuzza came into our class and told us why it was bad to be on drugs or to smoke or even to drink. She told us a lot. And tonight is finally the night that we get to share what we learned with our parent and other family members. Eight people were read their DARE essays, and eight people were picked to share their posters on peer pressure. Then eight people were picked to say the Pledge of Allegiance, and I was one of those people. I get to say the pledge tonight. Then FlowerGirl and Rocker87 get to read a little note to Officer DiRuzza and give her the gift that the fifth graders and the teachers give her.



After the D.A.R.E graduation:



The D.A.R.E. graduation was so much fun. I wish that I could do it again! I won a water bottle, and I got to read something and give something to Officer DiRuzza!



It was a GREAT night!

Article posted April 23, 2009 at 10:12 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 57



Article posted April 24, 2009 at 02:35 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 68



This little black and tan puppy is also known as the smallest puppy in the world and one of the cutest puppies I’ve ever seen. This puppy might even be in the Guinness Book of World Records if he doesn’t grow any more than he is right now. He is four inches and three ounces. He can even fit into a tea cup. He is the smallest of his three other siblings that are almost three times his size!! This puppy is so small, I don’t think it's going to grow anymore. They should just put it in the Guinness Book of World Records. It is three ounces. Not even a baby is that big. If a baby is that big it would be dead. I’m surprised that this puppy is not in the hospital. http://www.dogonews.com/2009/04/06/this-cutie-may-be-the-world-s-smallest-dog

Article posted April 24, 2009 at 02:35 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 68



Article posted May 4, 2009 at 03:42 PM GMT0 • comment • Reads 81


Survey Results - GlowDay.com

Article posted May 4, 2009 at 03:42 PM GMT0 • comment • Reads 81



Article posted May 5, 2009 at 02:54 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 71

For fifth graders only.




Survey Results - GlowDay.com

Article posted May 5, 2009 at 02:54 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 71



Article posted May 7, 2009 at 10:03 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 67


Survey Results - GlowDay.com

Article posted May 7, 2009 at 10:03 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 67



Article posted May 11, 2009 at 03:05 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 65


Survey Results - GlowDay.com

Article posted May 11, 2009 at 03:05 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 65



Article posted May 13, 2009 at 03:17 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 72


Survey Results - GlowDay.com

Article posted May 13, 2009 at 03:17 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 72



Article posted May 15, 2009 at 11:07 AM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 73

Tapgirl: Brown hair with the sparkling eyes



Famousstar3000: She looks so pretty and so divine



Tapgirl: And she’s an actress



Famousstar3000: Actress



Tapgirl: But she’s got all her needs



Famousstar3000: She’s more richer than Avril Lagvin



Both- M-m-m-money



Famousstar3000: Always pressed in her hand



Tapgirl: While our money’s being spent on rubber bands



Famousstar3000: And tell your boyfriend (boyfriend) if he says he’s got more. . . .



Tapgirl: That I don’t care about you anymore!!



Famousstar3000:She wants my money (whoa)

Why does she want it? (whoa)

Why don’t you leave me alone( o…oo…..ooo…)



Tapgirl:Don’t trust her(o)

Never trust her(o)

Don’t trust her(o)

Don’t trust her…



Famousstar3000: Don’t trust her (o)

Never trust her (o)

Don’t trust her(o)

Don’t trust her…..



Tapgirl: Kiss marks on the side of your cheeks.



Famousstar3000: Wash them in the bathroom, but don’t have your please.



Tapgirl: And she’s so pretty,(Pretty)



Famousstar3000:And she has blonde hair



Tapgirl: And the blue eyes which she don’t share!



Both: M-m-m-mirrors is what she is looking in.



Famousstar3000: Shaking with her fingers with the make-up in her palm.



Tap girl: And the lip-gloss (lip-gloss)



Famousstar3000: All smudge over your face



Tapgirl: Just another girl alone at the store!



Famousstar3000: She wants my money (woah)

Why does she want it? (woah)

Why don’t she leave me alone(o..oo….ooo)



Tapgirl:Don’t trust her(o)

Never trust her (o)

Don’t trust her(o)

Don’t trust her…..



Famousstar3000: She wants my money (woah)

Why does she want it? (woah)

Why don’t she leave me alone(o..oo….ooo)



Tapgirl:Don’t trust her(o)

Never trust her (o)

Don’t trust her(o)

Don’t trust her…..



Tapgirl: Hey girl…be quiet… put your lip-gloss on and here’s your money!



Famousstar3000: Hey girl…be quiet… put your lip-gloss on and here’s your money!



Both: Hey girl…be quiet… put your lip-gloss on and here’s your money( fades away)



O,……o……o……o……o……o…..o…..



Famousstar3000: She wants my money (woah)

Why does she want it? (woah)

Why don’t she leave me alone(o..oo….ooo)



Tapgirl:Don’t trust her(o)

Never trust her (o)

Don’t trust her(o)

Don’t trust her…..



Famousstar3000: She wants my money (woah)

Why does she want it? (woah)

Why don’t she leave me alone(o..oo….ooo)



Tapgirl:Don’t trust her(o)

Never trust her (o)

Don’t trust her(o)

Don’t trust her…..

Article posted May 15, 2009 at 11:07 AM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 73



Article posted May 19, 2009 at 03:26 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 98

Have you ever heard of a 12 year old having a job at a factory? If you haven’t you will after you read this! Well, this 12 year old has an awesome job. He gets to taste the candy to see if it’s good or not! He finally got his dream, his dream had been to be a taster for anything sweet.

Article posted May 19, 2009 at 03:26 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 98



Article posted May 20, 2009 at 02:46 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 96


Get This - Survey Results - GlowDay.com

Article posted May 20, 2009 at 02:46 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 96



Article posted May 27, 2009 at 03:31 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 82


Survey Results - GlowDay.com

Article posted May 27, 2009 at 03:31 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 82



Article posted May 29, 2009 at 02:55 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 103


Survey Results - GlowDay.com

Article posted May 29, 2009 at 02:55 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 103



Article posted May 29, 2009 at 03:37 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 94

A British inventor has made his way into the Guinness book of world records for the fourth time!!!! This time it is converting a toy wind up car into a real roadworthy car!!!! Perry Watkins lives in Wingrave, England, He has broken his own record for the world’s lowest car three times. He got an inspiration for his latest idea while surfing the Internet. This new invention is made for kids 2-5 years old.



I wonder if I could fit into it? I mean Perry could. It probably wouldn't be the most comfortable thing, but it would be a miracle if I could fit!!





Article posted May 29, 2009 at 03:37 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 94



Article posted June 2, 2009 at 02:55 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 65

My softball game last night was so fun. We were playing a really good team. I knew some people on it from when I played travel. Even though we lost, it was still fun!



I played pitcher two innings, first base once, and catcher (for my first time ever) for two innings! It was so much fun. I got two outs at first and one out as a catcher. I made a hit to shortstop in the air near the ground and I knew the shortstop. Even though it was an uncatchable ball (that’s what I thought), she caught it, so I was out. Then twice I got walked. For my last time at bat, I hit it to the second base person. It went through her legs, went to the outfield, and the outfielder got it but was way too late to throw back to the first base person. Then I stole two bases because I was the third one up at bat. Then first girl Lauren got a double. Second person Emma got a homerun. (It wasn’t because she hit it hard or long. It was because the infield did not have good throws. But it was still exciting.)



I was also first base coach once because two of my coaches left and the coach that was left had to stay in the dugout. My dad was third base coach and I was first base coach.



My dad helps out a lot! It is good and it is bad because he tells me what to do half the time and he screams from the sidelines. It is good because it is fun warming up with my dad when I practice pitching because everyone else on my team is not the best and they cannot catch. (Trust me on that one!)



Even though we lost in the end, we had so much fun as a team. We are probably the best team in the league (fun wise)!

Article posted June 2, 2009 at 02:55 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 65



Article posted June 3, 2009 at 03:09 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 79

Do you want people to come to your town and actually think it’s clean? Then you should not do graffiti!



First of all, it doesn't look good. It makes the town look dirty and not a welcoming place to be!



Another reason it that you can not get it off! It even looks really bad if you’re trying to get it off. It could smear if it is newly painted on and that looks even uglier than it not being smeared!



The best reason is that if you are an older kid doing it then you are a bad role model for younger kids. If you tell younger kids that it is a good thing then they are going to try it. Then our town will look terrible!



The people who do it might say Wwhatever! Now our town looks all bright and pretty! What are you talking abou? Our town looks great with writing everywhere!" They are still wrong because the town is already bright with the grass and the trees and flowers and the sky. We don't need our town looking like a clown with all the colors!



If you want your town to look like a remodeled town then you should help by telling people not to write on thing and paint on other things other than paper!

Article posted June 3, 2009 at 03:09 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 79



Article posted September 15, 2008 at 02:57 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 74

How to make marshmallow and Oreo cake:

- melt marshmallow and Oreo cream

- mash Oreo cookies with vanilla extract

- 450 degrees

- 20 min

- done

Article posted September 15, 2008 at 02:57 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 74



Article posted January 29, 2009 at 06:50 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 62

Oh, lord, you are everything to me and



(drum)you are all mighty



oh, lord, oh lord,oh lord



(repeat3)



receive our praise

let’s open up our mouth and shout:



Jesus, Jesus, Jesus, Jesus



is lord keep praising

keep praising

(we praising we praising)



(chorus)

lord lord lord lord lord lord lord lord lord lord lord lord lord

Article posted January 29, 2009 at 06:50 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 62



Article posted February 3, 2009 at 09:00 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 76

Lyrics by Lit

Sung by Halo3Power (Click "play in podcast" button below.)



Can we forget about the things I said

When I was drunk

I didn't mean to call you that

I can't remember what was said or what you threw at me

Please tell me, please tell me Why

My car is in the front yard,

And I'm Sleeping with my clothes on

Came in through the window last night

And your gone

Gone

It's no surprise to me I am my own worst enemy

'Cause every now and then I kick the living out of me

The smoke alarm is going off,

And there's a cigarette Still burning,

Please tell me why my car is in the front yard

And I'm sleeping with my clothes on

Came in through the window last night and your gone

Gone please tell me why my car is in the front yard

And I'm sleeping with my clothes on

I came in through the window last night

It's no surprise to me

I am my own worst enemy

'Cause every now and then I kick the living out of me

Can we forget about the things I said

When I was drunk

I didn't mean to call you that




Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted February 3, 2009 at 09:00 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 76



Article posted January 29, 2009 at 06:43 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 66

mass effect

Article posted January 29, 2009 at 06:43 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 66



Article posted March 5, 2009 at 08:58 PM GMT0 • comment • Reads 75

Lyrics by Fall Out Boy

Sung by Halo3Power and Luig2Power. Click link at end to hear.



I hope this is the last time,

'Cause I'd never say no to you

This conversation's been dead on arrival

And there's no way to talk to you

This conversation's been dead on,



A rivalry goes so deep

Between me and this loss of sleep over you



This is side one,

Flip me over

I know I'm not your favorite record

The songs you grow to like never stick at first

So I'm writing you a chorus,

And here is your verse



No, it's not the last time,

'Cause I'd never say no to you

This conversation's still dead on arrival

And there's no way to talk to you

When you're dead on,



A rivalry goes so deep

Between me and this loss of sleep over you



This is side one,

Flip me over

I know I'm not your favorite record

The songs you grow to like never stick at first

So I'm writing you a chorus,

And here is your...



(Whoo!)



This is side one,

Flip me over

I know I'm not your favorite record

So...



This is side one,

Flip me over

This is side one,

Flip me over

I know I'm not your favorite record

The songs you grow to like never stick at first

So I'm writing you a chorus,

And here is your verse

Here is your...


Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted March 5, 2009 at 08:58 PM GMT0 • comment • Reads 75



Article posted March 9, 2009 at 09:16 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 72

Lyrics by Queen



Buddy you're a boy make a big noise

Playin' in the street gonna be a big man some day

You got mud on yo face

You big disgrace

Kickin' your can all over the place



We will we will rock you

We will we will rock you



Buddy you're a young man hard man

Shoutin' in the street gonna' take on the world some day

You got blood on yo face

You big disgrace

Wavin' your banner all over the place



We will we will rock you

We will we will rock you



Buddy you're an old man poor man

Pleadin' with your eyes gonna make you some peace some day



You got mud on your face

You big disgrace

Somebody better put you back in your place



We will we will rock you

We will we will rock you

Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted March 9, 2009 at 09:16 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 72



Article posted March 16, 2009 at 11:25 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 70

How to make soda: 1. sugar

2. seltzer

3. flavor (any)

Article posted March 16, 2009 at 11:25 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 70



Article posted March 26, 2009 at 07:02 PM GMT0 • comment (9) • Reads 73

A poem to my mom



her eyes sparkle like the sun

her smile can light darkest cave

she’s as beautiful as a flower

she makes models quit modeling

she’s my mom

and I love her very much

Article posted March 26, 2009 at 07:02 PM GMT0 • comment (9) • Reads 73



Article posted June 5, 2009 at 03:10 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 103


Get This - Survey Results - GlowDay.com

Article posted June 5, 2009 at 03:10 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 103



Article posted June 8, 2009 at 02:57 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 89


Get This - Survey Results - GlowDay.com

Article posted June 8, 2009 at 02:57 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 89



Article posted June 10, 2009 at 03:07 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 108

Jack- (son)

Kelly- (Jack’s girlfriend)

Dad- (father of Jack and Freddy)

Mom- (mother of Jack and Freddy)

Uncle- (Dad’s brother)

Freddy- (son)

Old witch- (daughter)

Talking TV- (comes from sky)

Land shark- (lives in the rocky area)

Monster- (lives in the forest)

The killer- (lives in the forest)

Supercar- (Jack’s car)





Narrator: Once upon a time, there was a crazy old witch. She could turn into anybody in the world as long as she sees them first. We’ll get to that later on. Now

let’s focus on the family.



Jack: Well…bye guys I’m going to the movies!



Dad: No!



Mom: Yes!



Kelly: Yes!



Uncle: What?



Freddy: Get out!



Mom: Bed! Now Freddy!



Dad: No, he’s my son!



Kelly: No!



Jack(whispering): Let’s go.



Kelly (whispering): Okay.



Jack(Jack opens and closes Supercar door.): Hurry!



Monster: roooooooooooooooooooooooowwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwww=http://=http://=http://!!!!



Supercar: Uh, Master…



Monster: rrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrooooooooooooooooooooooooowwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwww



Jack (nervously): Y-y-ye-s…



Kelly (confused): What?



Supercar: MONSTER!! That’s what!!



(Old witch is cackling as she hovers overhead. Talking TV falls on witch. Witch dies along with monster since the witch made him.)



Talking tv: (babbling)



Jack (screaming): SHUT UP!!!



Kelly: Wow, I’ve never seen this side of you!



Jack: Ok…Let’s go to the movies.



Land shark(enters from the rocky area): You’re not going anywhere!



Supercar: Super Lasers go in 5…4…3…2…1…0



(Big explosion. Land Shark killed by lasers.)



Jack(interrupted): Ok, now…..



The killer (in a raspy voice): Die …



Kelly: J-j-j-ack!!!



Jack: Kelly…



(Car is coming Killer get’s hit by car, gasps for air then dies. Jack and Kelly finally get to the movies.)



Scary music fades out the scene. . .

Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted June 10, 2009 at 03:07 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 108



Article posted September 12, 2008 at 02:47 PM GMT0 • comment (5) • Reads 71

Today is the second of school and I am in fifth grade. It is the best because you do fun stuff every day. As you get older you get harder stuff but also fun stuff. I am on the third floor. It get‘s kind of annoying but it is worth it. I am kind of happy that I am older because next year it is going to be a lot harder because we do not have one teacher we have lots of teachers. We have more in the Hommocks because it is bigger than the school here in Mamaroneck. There are some rooms they do not use and the lights are kind of there. That means that they do not use the rooms. It is a big school so you can get lost so easily.

Article posted September 12, 2008 at 02:47 PM GMT0 • comment (5) • Reads 71



Article posted November 5, 2008 at 03:09 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 70

I just started this Dogo news and I think already that it is so cool because there are pumpkins that have faces that look like they took a long time to make because they look so real. They made all different things like Hulk, Barrack Obama, and all of the super heroes.

















I think they should make some and put them in a museum where everybody can see them.



http://www.dogonews.com/2008/10/30/ghoulish-pumpkins

Article posted November 5, 2008 at 03:09 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 70



Article posted October 31, 2008 at 02:47 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 82

This Dogo news is about that some astronaut found was the hottest planet. It is black and it is as hot as some of the stars. They even said that the hottest plant was as hot as the oldest star because it is very close to it. When some things get that close they burn up.





I wonder how close it is to the sun if it is as hot as the sun



http://www.dogonews.com/2008/10/20/astronomers-discover-hottest-planet-in-the-constellation

Article posted October 31, 2008 at 02:47 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 82



Article posted November 26, 2008 at 03:32 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 78

Mickey Mouse just turned 80 on November 18. Mickey Mouse was born from a sketch. That is how he came to be so famous. I think that is very cool because

when my grandparents were my age they could have seen Mickey Mouse on TV. I think this is what would Mickey Mouse would look like a long time ago.







http://www.dogonews.com/2008/11/20/guess-whos-80

Article posted November 26, 2008 at 03:32 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 78



Article posted December 11, 2008 at 06:57 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 66

mario64

Article posted December 11, 2008 at 06:57 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 66



Article posted January 23, 2009 at 02:44 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 65

weather1

weather2

weather3

weather4

weather5

weather6

weather7

weather8

Article posted January 23, 2009 at 02:44 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 65



Article posted April 3, 2009 at 03:17 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 63

Lame name super heros new 1

Lame name super heros new 2

Lame name super heros new 3

Lame name super heros new 4

Article posted April 3, 2009 at 03:17 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 63



Article posted May 13, 2009 at 03:28 PM GMT0 • comment (5) • Reads 96


Get This - Survey Results - GlowDay.com

Article posted May 13, 2009 at 03:28 PM GMT0 • comment (5) • Reads 96



Article posted May 20, 2009 at 03:28 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 98



Survey Results - GlowDay.com
Get This -

Article posted May 20, 2009 at 03:28 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 98



Article posted December 2, 2008 at 03:02 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 55

Well, I admit it. They really annoy me that much. One reason why the honk annoys me is because it really is disrespectful. One reason why the alarm annoys me is because it rings all the time, even when you are asleep. Those dumb alarms always wake you up when you are in a peaceful sleep. Another reason why they annoy me is that both are really noisy! The alarm can last up to 13 seconds! What annoys me more is the car alarm. Even though car honks can last for 2 minutes, the alarm lasts less time but makes more noise.



RRRRRIIINNNGGGG!



I am about to give you helpful advice. If you have a car, try to be careful with it. Because if you touch it in any way what so ever, then you will know what will happen!



RRRRIIIINNNNGGGG!



And careful with the honk too. The honk is right in the middle of the wheel. And if you touch it, then- HOONNKKK!



So be careful and only touch your car with the key.



THE END

Article posted December 2, 2008 at 03:02 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 55



Article posted September 17, 2008 at 03:07 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 54

Characters: Marco (M), Bruno (B), Wesley (W), TomatoMan™, Eggman (EM), Lettuce woman (LW), Jay den (J), Craig (C)



My Friends Got Tactics



Setting: All noon, in the park.



C: Hey Bruno!



B: Hey Craig!



LW: What’s going on?



EM: What’s up people? Yo, hey Jay den.



J: Hi, Eggman.



M: Hi, Jayden.



TM: Hey, Marco. Wesley, can you make Eggman decent and uncool in your next story?



W: Sure. I’ll do it over the summer.



J: What?! The summer?!



W: Yup.



TM: Wesley, are you senile yet?!



W: Nope. I’m not even old!



C: Watch me do the Matrix.



WHOOSH



Everyone: Wow!



EM: I got some skills!



Eggman runs around the park and completes 6 laps in less than 10 seconds.



C: Nice one.

W: Are you guys doing tricks JUST SO I CAN WRITE ANOTHER STORY TO MAKE EGGMAN DECENT AND UNCOOL?!



M: Actually, we don’t know answers to questions asked by someone with a severe bad temper.



Wesley slaps himself on the forehead.



SLAP



TM: Behold, the amazing Tomato Man!



Tomatoman climbs the light pole, jumps, and land on his left hand (his weak hand).



W: Wow, Tomato Man, not bad! I’ll write my next story in November then.



LW: Still to long. . .



W: Well, deal with it! I have to add everything to my next story! I predict that will take about 2 months.



LW:Fine. . .



M: Come on! Can’t you make another story anytime sooner?!



W: I thought you said we can’t answer any questions asked by a severely bad temper.



Marco slaps himself on the forehead.



SLAP



M: I’d rather do my trick than listen to you!



Marco says “pizza” 10 times fast.



W: Not bad, Marco.



LW: I’ll show you my trick!



Lettuce woman holds Bruno in the air.



B: My turn!



Bruno does a Cartwheel around the park and back.



Everyone: Do your trick, Wesley!



W: Okay! Drum roll...would you like fries with that?

Everyone. . . .



W: Okay, now my real trick! Drum roll!



Wesley does the split.



Everyone: Best trick ever!



W: Thanks, and I couldn’t have done it without you guys! You guys gave me the courage!



And so, everyone went home stronger, happier, got better gym grades, and was more flexible than ever.



THE END

Article posted September 17, 2008 at 03:07 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 54



Article posted January 15, 2009 at 06:46 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 52

Description

Article posted January 15, 2009 at 06:46 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 52



Article posted January 15, 2009 at 06:54 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 53

O_O

Article posted January 15, 2009 at 06:54 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 53



Article posted October 2, 2008 at 03:21 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 53

Characters:

Ash (A)

May (M)

Brock (B)

Tracy (T)

Pikachu (P)



Once in Pallet Town, there was a great pokemon trainer named Ash. He went on a journey with his friends and with his best pal, Pikachu.



A: Now I’m ready to get my last badge to go to the Indigo Plateau!



B: Ash, wait! I’m starving!



M: So am I!



T: Let’s go for a hot dog!



A: Fine. . .



And so the group went for some hot dogs while Ash sat there impatiently. Suddenly, a Beautifly appeared.



M: Oh look, a Beautifly!



Then a Steelix appeared. Brock tried to catch it. The group was running into a rare wild Pokemon. But you don’t know what wild pokemon Tracy and Ash ran into.



T: Oh, snap! A Squirtle!



A: Ok, Pikachu, lets catch that Bulbasaur! Use Thunderbolt!



P: Pikachuu!!!



The Bulbasaur got weak.



A: Poke ball, GO!!



Ring, ring, ring. . .



A: Yes, I caught a Bulbasaur!



Everyone: Nice job, Ash!



And so Ash caught a Bulbasaur, making it easier to get his last gym badge.



To be continued. . . .



THE END

Article posted October 2, 2008 at 03:21 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 53



Article posted October 3, 2008 at 03:17 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 54

Characters:

John (J)

Emily (E)

Patrick (P)



Once there were 3 friends who talked about their favorite songs.



P: I’m bored!

E: So am I!

J: Me too!

E: What should we do?

J: Maybe…

P: Maybe…

E: We should say our favorite songs from #3 to 1!

J: Ok. I’ll say #3!

P: I’ll say #2!

E: And I’ll say #1!

J: 3rd best song: Closer by Ne-Yo.

P: 2nd best song: 4 minutes by Madonna and Justin Timberlake.

E: 1st best song: Soulja Boy by Soulja Boy Tellem.

Everyone: We said the top 3 songs!



And so the 3 friends shared their favorite songs that they will always listen in the radio on 103.5 KTU.



What are your top 3 favorite songs?

Article posted October 3, 2008 at 03:17 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 54



Article posted October 3, 2008 at 03:36 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 54

There are a lot of trains in this world: locomotives, Acela, Amtrak, blue trains, New Haven Express, and red trains are examples. The most recent train is the Acela. These trains are among the best examples. There may be over 2,000 trains in this world.



It usually costs a lot of money to ride the Acela and Amtrak. For a red or blue train (regular trains) it only costs a ticket. I think this is amazing because these trains go a decent speed. But they can be a waste of energy in the community because trains take up a lot of electricity. It would be a big waste if trains are traveling through rain.



For me, trains are amazing and are a great way to travel.

Article posted October 3, 2008 at 03:36 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 54



Article posted October 6, 2008 at 03:40 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 52

Characters:

James (J)

Margaret (M)

Tracy (T)

Kevin (K)



4 friends gathered together saying cool nicknames.



P.S. Note that this story is short because it is only about nicknames.



T: I’ll start #4!

K: I call dibs on #3!

M: #2 is mine!

J: I’ll say #1!

T: 4th best nickname: Wedgie



(I know it sounds silly but live with it.)



K: 3rd best nickname: Koirochi. (Koirochi is how you say “Kevin” in Chinese.)

M: 2nd best nickname: Emanuel (Emanuel is Kevin’s nickname.)

J: Best nickname: Fernando (Fernando is W.'s middle name. W. is Kevin’s little brother.)



And so the 4 friends went home, went to YouTube, and posted their nicknames.



THE END



P.S.: Sorry this story is to short!

Article posted October 6, 2008 at 03:40 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 52



Article posted October 10, 2008 at 03:14 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 49

How can I live?! I always have to clean my room when I have any vacations! (Especially during Christmas.) My mom always calls me! (Especially if I’m alone!) Please, someone help me! (Note that this story is true.) My brother always wants to use mom’s laptop! And I had 5 near-death experiences! I am always stressed when I’m going to school! (I know this happens to others.)



Please someone help me! Give me tips on how to survive! I need some tips really bad! My life can’t get any worse than this! My dad is the only one who gives glory to my life. And sometimes my brother insults me! But, he helps me with my homework, so I can’t get mad at him.



THE END



P.S. Someone help me!

Article posted October 10, 2008 at 03:14 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 49



Article posted October 10, 2008 at 03:31 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 63

Oh, no! Today is October 10! My Dad’s birthday is October 14! What will I get him? Maybe a brand new soccer ball because he loves soccer! Or maybe a Top Up card for his cell phone? Nahh!! Someone help me! I need tips on what to give my dad! The best thing I could get him is a brand new car!



THE END



P.S.: This story is so short because I need ideas for something to give to my dad for his birthday!

Article posted October 10, 2008 at 03:31 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 63



Article posted October 10, 2008 at 03:44 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 49

I Am Bored. I am grounded! I can’t play my Nintendo DS Lite for 3 days straight, although my brother is saving up for a laptop and for the new DS Compact Lite.



Someone, give me ideas! I should have listed "grounded" on my list for my story called “My Life Is Miserable.”



Someone, please, help me get ideas to do something when I’m grounded!



You know how I feel about this? I’ll tell you: What I feel is: O_O.



THE END



P.S.: O_O means o that o.

Article posted October 10, 2008 at 03:44 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 49



Article posted October 14, 2008 at 03:08 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 56

These stories are hilarious! I already got “Rodrick Rules” and it’s funny! I wonder what will be in “The Last Straw.” I guess this is why at Lincoln Elementary (my old school) everyone got these books. Please comment to me to tell me how funny these books are.



THE END

Article posted October 14, 2008 at 03:08 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 56



Article posted October 15, 2008 at 09:59 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 45

You're lucky that you don’t have a brother like mine. He is so annoying! Today, he thinks that I like chicken because he likes chicken! But that’s not true I tell you!



What should I do?



Well I admit it, I’m just as annoying as him. But I don’t play mean jokes like him!



But you know what I feel? I feel: O_O.



But I can’t get too mad at him because he is my brother. I love him, and he helps me with my homework.



One day my dad had a car accident and me and my mom were involved in it. I felt happy about it because the police captain was nice, my brother was worried, and the captain invited me, my brother, and my dad to an Open House in the Harrison police station.



To tell you, I felt kind of happy to have a brother like him. I’d give my brother 4 out of 5 stars ****! And I never want to get my revenge on my brother. I used to have a really bad temper, but Kevin taught me that temper is nothing. I also realized my friends made me realize that temper is nothing. So I promised to my brother that I will never get really angry again! He really is annoying and caring, but I like him being caring more.



For me, he is the most helpful brother in the world!

Article posted October 15, 2008 at 09:59 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 45



Article posted October 17, 2008 at 10:45 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 52

I don’t want to tell you much about the accident because I want to keep some information a secret. Well, here goes. It all started when I had allergies on my elbow, so my dad drove me to the doctor, who works in a clinic in Port Chester. He is a good, hard working doctor. After he gave me my medicine to cure my allergies, which I cured today, my mom, my dad, and I were heading back home and it was 8:47P.M.. Then we arrived into a traffic light in Harrison, in the Hutchison Parkway. The light turned green, and my dad went 40 miles an hour. And I don't want to tell you the rest....

Article posted October 17, 2008 at 10:45 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 52



Article posted November 12, 2008 at 04:12 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 59

What’s the only room you can’t walk into?

A mushroom!



Jeremy: Will you remember me today?

Todd: Yes.

Jeremy: Will you remember me next year?

Todd: Yes.

Jeremy: Knock Knock.

Todd: Who’s there?

Jeremy: Didn’t you say you were going to remember me?



How come it takes more than one squirrel to change a light bulb?

Because they are so stupid!



What is a boxer’s favorite drink?

Punch.



Pete and Repeate were on a boat. Pete fell of. Who’s left?

Repeat.

Pete and Repeat were on a boat. Pete fell off. Who’s left?

Repeat.

Pete and Repeat. . . .

(Get it?)



Last joke:

Knock Knock.

How can you make Mexican chili?

By taking him to the North Pole.

THE END! HA HA!

Article posted November 12, 2008 at 04:12 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 59



Article posted November 6, 2008 at 07:03 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 46

Knock, knock.

Who’s there?

Cha.

Cha who?

Don’t cha yell at me!



Here’s another one:

Chuck Norris can’t touch MC Hammer!

HA HA!

Get it?



Knock knock.

Who’s there?

Cha.

Cha who?

Don’t cha wish your girlfriend was hot like me? HA HA!



Knock knock.

Who’s there?

Boo.

Boo who?

You just cried.



What do you call a snail in a ship?

A snailor!



Why are sweaters called sweaters?

Because they make you sweat!



If you have 5 dollars and Chuck Norris has 3, Chuck Norris has more money than you!



Here is the last joke:

Why didn’t the skeleton cross the road?

Because he had no guts!!



I hope you enjoyed this story!



The end!!!



HA HA!!

Article posted November 6, 2008 at 07:03 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 46



Article posted November 18, 2008 at 06:41 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 56

#5: Mrs. Mangeri Defrancesco

#4: Ms. Kelly

#3: Mr. Taylor and Mr. C.

#2: Mrs. Schore

#1: Mr. Brune

Article posted November 18, 2008 at 06:41 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 56



Article posted November 21, 2008 at 03:30 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 72

#15: Locust117

#14: Kevin

#13: Ryotaro

#12: Alicia

#11: MusicGirl

#10: FamousStar3000

#9: TapGirl

#8: BlackPanther800

#7: Douglas

#6: Ronaldhinho09

#5: RedSoxHater#1

#4: Halo3Power

#3: RockGirl98

#2: Mario64

#1: William (In 5D)

Article posted November 21, 2008 at 03:30 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 72



Article posted November 13, 2008 at 03:10 PM GMT0 • comment (6) • Reads 59

Guys! Come on! What happened to my comments? I have only one comment by Mr. Brune! But anyways, I have a lot more to say about Dairy of a Wimpy Kid. I’m like Gregory Heffley’s hero! Anyways, these books are funny. Now I got Rodrick Rules, and the first Wimpy Kid book. Please make sure that I get your comments and I will comment back to you.

Article posted November 13, 2008 at 03:10 PM GMT0 • comment (6) • Reads 59



Article posted November 13, 2008 at 07:03 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 40

#10: Cooking Mama

#9: Mario Kart DS

#8: Spongebob Creature of the Krusty Krab

#7: Harry Potter

#6: High Schools Musical

#5: Hanna Montana

#4: Tony Hawk Proskater 3

#3: Math Trivia

#2: Pac- Man World 3 DS

#1: Mario Party DS



THE END



P.S.: Try to get a DS because I already have a DS and I already have Mario Party DS! I’m not going to play it alone!

Article posted November 13, 2008 at 07:03 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 40



Article posted November 17, 2008 at 03:33 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 49



What accidents did you have? Did you bang your head like me when I was 8? (I am 10 right now). Did you get involved in a car accident with your parents like me when I was 9? Well, I’ll tell you my accident when I was 8.



Back then, I was in church with my friends. Then, I didn’t notice the tablecloth that had been on the floor. I tripped over it! I fell and hit my head’s temple! I could have lost my knowledge or worse, my memory! This is how I felt at that moment: hurt and O_O. The brother of the Pastor of the church picked me up. My mom took me to the emergency room in the hospital. And it took 8 hours for the doctors there to attend me! The brother of the Pastor of the church told my mom that I must sleep late because I could die in my sleep after I hit my head. Once the doctors at the hospital checked my head they said I was OK. My mom was relieved. The doctors said I have a tiny crack in my temple.

Article posted November 17, 2008 at 03:33 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 49



Article posted November 17, 2008 at 03:44 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 67

#10: The Secret Saturdays

#9: Chowder

#8: Pokemon

#7: The 3 Stooges

#6: TV Soap Opera: Fuego En La Sangre (Fire in the Blood)

#5: The Marvelous Misadventures of Flapjack

#4: Tom and Jerry

#3: Wizards of Waverly Place

#2: Phineas and Ferb

#1: Spongebob Squarepants

Article posted November 17, 2008 at 03:44 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 67



Article posted November 19, 2008 at 03:05 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 57

Teachers focus on the 3 R’s: Reading, Riting, and Rithmetic.



But only one teacher focuses on the 3 S’s:

Sleeping late is your problem,

Shut your mouth,

and

Stop driving me crazy!



THE END

Article posted November 19, 2008 at 03:05 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 57



Article posted November 19, 2008 at 03:31 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 57

#5: Green

#4: Yellow

#3: Purple

#2: Red

#1: Blue



THE END



P.S.: If Blue is not your favorite color, make another list because blue is my favorite color.

Article posted November 19, 2008 at 03:31 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 57



Article posted November 24, 2008 at 03:48 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 64

Coin Tricks

#1: Imprisoned!

#2: Magic Sums

#3: Cover Up!

#4: Metal Detection



Card Tricks

#5: Telepathy Test

#6: Card Scatter

#7: Abracadabra!



Weird and Wonderful Tricks

#8: Wondering Wand

#9: High Glass Act

#10: Sleight of Foot

#11: Banana Baffler



Spooky and Magic Tricks

#12: Dancing Hanky

#13: The Poltergeist

Article posted November 24, 2008 at 03:48 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 64



Article posted November 26, 2008 at 02:55 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 55

Just like you suspected, this is going to be a little sad. I already have lost a friend, Ronaldhinho09. He has moved to South Norwalk, Connecticut with his best friend, Jake. I only have few friends, RedSoxHater#1, Mets1, Locust177, and Halo3Power. So as you can see, I need more class friends. So please just help me.

Article posted November 26, 2008 at 02:55 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 55



Article posted December 2, 2008 at 02:58 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 51

#5: Lord Voldemort (From Harry Potter)

#4: Professor Snape (From Harry Potter)

#3: Man Ray (From Spongebob)

#2: The Dirty Bubble (From Spongebob)

#1: Bowser (From Super Mario World)



THE END

Article posted December 2, 2008 at 02:58 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 51



Article posted December 2, 2008 at 02:59 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 53

You know what they say: All toasters toast toast!



You know what they say: Take one step up the hill!



You know what they say: Quit smoking. It’s not a joke.



You know what they say: One must believe to take one step forward.



You know what they say: Electrical buzz is an electrical shock.



You know what they say: #3, #2, and #1!



You know what they say: We gather together to form one family.



You know what they say: No one can stop the unstopable.



You know what they say: My heart is saying yes, but my brain is saying no.



You know what they say: The winner leaves with all, and the loser leaves with nothing.



You know what they say: You snooze, you lose.





THE END :D

Article posted December 2, 2008 at 02:59 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 53



Article posted December 2, 2008 at 03:00 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 60

#12: Chicken Noodle Soup (Also known as a song)

#11: Scrambled eggs

#10: Sloppy Joes

#9: Tacos

#8: Tamales

#7: Mozzarella Cheese

#6: Brownies

#5: Marshmallows

#4: Chicken!

#3: Mashed potatoes

#2: Pizza

#1: Mozzarella Sticks

Article posted December 2, 2008 at 03:00 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 60



Article posted December 2, 2008 at 03:03 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 55

#5: Waluigi (Also misbehaved)

#4: Princess Peach (Mario’s girlfriend)

#3: Luigi (Mario’s brother)

#2: Toad (The mushroom head)

#1: Mario (The one who stands up to fight Bowser)



THE END

Article posted December 2, 2008 at 03:03 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 55



Article posted December 2, 2008 at 03:04 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 56

My brother has been nice and strange lately. He’s been nice because he helps me with my homework. He is weird because lately he has been giving me this strange nickname: Munchkin. My teacher, Mr. Brune, has been giving me a slightly better nickname: Big Guy. Every single day when I come home back from school, my brother always gives me the same greeting: “Hey, how ya doing, Munchkin?” I’m kinda used to it by now, but the first time he called me a Munchkin, I mistaked that for one of those miny donuts called “Munchkins” from Dunkin Donuts. If you have a brother that gives you a nickname, you’d be used to it by about 1 to 2 weeks.



THE END

Article posted December 2, 2008 at 03:04 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 56



Article posted December 2, 2008 at 03:06 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 53

Preface: Before I begin, I won’t name any Preschool teacher because I never went to Preschool.



Lincoln School in Mount Vernon

Kindergarten Teacher: Ms. Ochoa

1st Grade Teacher: Ms. Nardone and Ms. Ciufetelli

2nd Grade Teacher: Ms. Del Guidice

3rd Grade Teacher: Mrs. Duggan

4th Grade Teacher: Ms. Curran



MAS in Mamaroneck

5th Grade Teacher: Mr. Brune



THE END



P.P.: If you notice, Mr. Brune is my only teacher that is a man so far.

Article posted December 2, 2008 at 03:06 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 53



Article posted December 2, 2008 at 03:27 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 53

Why did Mickey Mouse go into space? To find Pluto.



Why couldn’t the pirate see the movie? Because it was rated arghh!



Why didn’t the hen cross the road? Because he was too chicken!



Definition for paradise: Two ivory cubes with dots all over them.



What do you call a guy that likes to walk a lot? Walker.



Knock Knock.

Who’s there?

Water.

Water who?

Water you waiting for?



Last joke:

Knock Knock.

Who’s there?

Yah.

Yah who?

Yahoo hotmail!



THE END!! HA!!

Article posted December 2, 2008 at 03:27 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 53



Article posted January 15, 2009 at 07:10 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 45

Numbers

Article posted January 15, 2009 at 07:10 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 45



Article posted December 8, 2008 at 03:14 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 46

Spongebob: It all started when I ripped my pants. I thought that I had everything on my side. But I just blew all sky high. All because I (RRRIIIIIIPPPP) ripped my pants.



The Band: When big Larry came around to put him down, Spongebob turned into a clown. And no girl ever wants to dance with a fool who went and (RRRIPPPPP) ripped his pants.



Spongebob: I know I shouldn’t mope around, I shouldn’t curse, but the pain feels so much worse. Because winding up with no one is a lot less fun than a burn from the sun.



The Band: Or sand in your buns.



(Buns and clams clap for four seconds.)



Spongebob: Now I learned a lesson I won’t soon forget, so listen and you won’t regret, be true to yourself, don't’ miss your chance.



Spongebob and The Band: And you won’t be like the fool who ripped his pants.(RRRIIIPPP)



THE END

I hope you enjoyed the song!

Article posted December 8, 2008 at 03:14 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 46



Article posted December 8, 2008 at 03:44 PM GMT0 • comment (6) • Reads 44

#5: George Washington

#4: John Adams

#3: Theodore Roosevelt

#2: George Bush (Don’t ask me why I put him as #2)

#1: Barack Obama



THE END

Article posted December 8, 2008 at 03:44 PM GMT0 • comment (6) • Reads 44



Article posted December 11, 2008 at 07:15 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 54

Rocker87

Article posted December 11, 2008 at 07:15 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 54



Article posted December 12, 2008 at 06:16 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 46

[Editor's note: Click the Click the "play in browser" link below to hear RockGirl98 and Rocer87 sing this!]



It’s a Christmas Day

by RockGirl98 and Rocker87



RockGirl98: It’s December 25. It’s Christmas day. Time for joy and time for cheer.

Rocker87: little ones slake and queer

RockGirl98: only one day of the year

Rocker87: Santa is everywhere. The children are near.

RockGirl98: keeping out the cookies and waiting for their new toys

Rocker87: everyone makes sure they are not naughty

RockGirl98: if they are they get coal

Rocker87: and nobody wants that

RockGirl98: nobody wants that and nobody needs that

Rocker87: want it want it

RockGirl98: need it need it

Rocker87: Santa is coming

RockGirl98: Santa is coming

Both: Santa is Santa is coming

‘Cause wake up wake up it’s Christmas day

Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted December 12, 2008 at 06:16 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 46



Article posted January 8, 2009 at 07:09 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 41

Dear Friends,



Yes, I know, I was stupid enough to not come up with this stupid idea a long time ago. Well, here is how this idea/spare comments box works:



Anytime you want to comment back to me or when I comment to your stories, you can leave your comment here. You can question me too. I strongly recommend you do this idea, too.



Here is a spare comment from FamousStar3000: “Have you been in school since pre- k?”

There! Just like that! I can’t make it any clearer!



Happy Spare Commenting!



-Rocker87

Article posted January 8, 2009 at 07:09 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 41



Article posted January 20, 2009 at 07:07 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 55

Flag

Article posted January 20, 2009 at 07:07 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 55



Article posted January 29, 2009 at 03:36 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 53

Yes, I know, the wierd looking 4 is the main reason why I do this!



And here it is:

stupid 4

Article posted January 29, 2009 at 03:36 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 53



Article posted February 5, 2009 at 07:22 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 64

This super car has been designed with one of the fastest speeds, over 228 mph. This probably is the fastest car in the world. This is also a cool looking car. This car will be expected to be at any showrooms this year. But this car is strangely named “Tesla.” This car has an on-board system, which allows it to warm up in ten minutes.



This is the COOLEST car I have ever seen in my life. Maybe I can drive one when I grow up. I really think these cars should be in races. Maybe someday they will. . . .







http://www.dogonews.com/2009/01/30/move-over-tesla-here-comes-the-aero

Article posted February 5, 2009 at 07:22 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 64



Article posted March 12, 2009 at 03:01 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 64

Kody now has to pull his owner around since his owner, Alan, can’t walk. Alan has Polio, which is a disease that paralyzes the legs. Now Kody is dragging Alan in his wheelchair at speeds of up to 15 mph. That dog deserves great rest and care. The first few years of getting Polio, Alan and his wife agreed to have a dog. So they have Kory, a Jack Russell Terrier. So now Kody is Alan’s best friend. No wonder why they say a dog is a man’s best friend!



I feel sorry for Alan, because he couldn’t walk for FIFTEEN YEARS! That would be sad. 15 years is like forever, a long time. I’M not 15 yet! I think Alan must be very lucky to have a dog like Kory because now Kory can drag him to work, a library, a restaurant, etc., etc. Polio causes the leg to paralyze. I wouldn’t want to have Polio. . . .











http://www.dogonews.com/2009/03/09/giddyup-3-year-old-jack-russell-takes-owners-for-walks

Article posted March 12, 2009 at 03:01 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 64



Article posted March 13, 2009 at 03:23 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 63

#10: Miss Independent By Neo

#9: Love and Magic By Justin Timberlake

#8: Closer By Neo

#7: The Metal By Tenacious D

#6: Circus By Britney Spears

#5: Just Dance By Lady Gaga

#4: Gasolina (Gasoline) By Daddy Yankee

#3: Dangerous By Akon

#2: Poker Face By Lady Gaga

#1: Right Round By Flo Rida





Article posted March 13, 2009 at 03:23 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 63



Article posted April 27, 2009 at 03:08 PM GMT0 • comment • Reads 48

(Boat honks)



Holly: We’re stuck on an island!



Molly: I can’t believe dad did this to us.



Holly: Without any credit cards or cell phones and no clothes except the ones we have on.



Molly: We’re going to be stuck here forever!



Holly: AHHHHHHHHHHHH=http://=http://=http://=http://



Molly: Oh my gosh…I’m starving!!!!



Holly: I’m starving too. Where are the restaurants?



Molly: And the mall?



(Two minutes pass.)



Holly: Molly, how long have we been walking?



Molly: I don’t know, but it feels like forever.



Holly: Look, there’s a guy.



Molly: Maybe he knows how we can get back to New York City.



Holly: Let’s go ask him.



(Walks toward native guy.)



Molly: Hey, guy over there!



Holly: Where’s the airport? And when’s the next flight to New York City?



(He stares at us.)



Native Guy: ungha.



Molly: Holly, I don’t think this guy speaks English.



Holly: Me neither, but I think we need to translate.



Molly: Okay, but how?



Holly: Um…maybe we can act it out?



Molly: Okay, but I bet you this guy doesn’t have a clue about New York City.



Holly: Well, it’s worth a try.



(Molly and Holly act out going on a plane to New York City and what New York City looks like.)



Molly: Uh, this will never work.



Native guy (pointing to the trees): shakika unga ziku



Holly: Do you speak English?



Native Guy: Yeah.



Molly: Holly, can you believe this?



Holly: No, I don’t.



Native Guy: I think you two just missed your flight to New York City. There won’t be another one until next year.



Molly And Holly: AHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!

Article posted April 27, 2009 at 03:08 PM GMT0 • comment • Reads 48



Article posted May 1, 2009 at 03:08 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 61

the boy who cries like a baby

Article posted May 1, 2009 at 03:08 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 61



Article posted May 27, 2009 at 07:18 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 62

[Editor's note: After reading a book, students are invited to compose an Accelerated Reader (AR) quiz. The quiz is added to the school's computer database of AR quizzes and other students are invited to take the quiz and earn points towards prizes! The answers for this quiz have not been revealed in case someone wants to take the quiz.]



1: What was the order of the children from youngest to oldest?

A. Jane, Martha, Mark, Katharine

B. Katharine, Martha, Mark, Jane

C. Jane, Mark, Katharine, Martha

D. Mark, Martha, Katharine, Jane



2: Who was the first one to get the charm?

A. Mark

B. Jane

C. Martha

D. Katharine



3: What happened when the children’s’ mother wished herself home?

A. She was home

B. She was in the patio

C. She was halfway home

D. Nothing



4: How did the mother get a hold of the charm?

A. She needed a nickel for the carfare

B. She found out about the charm

C. She the charm on the floor

D. She needed the charm



5: What happened when Martha was half- there?

A. She went into a bookstore

B. She wished herself back

C. She went home

D. She went back in the theater



6: What did the children call Mr. Smith?

A. Hugo

B. Huge

C. Hugh

D. Uncle Huge



7: What did the children’s’ mother thought she was going?

A. Blind

B. Deaf

C. Insane

D. Paralyzed



8: What did the children’s’ mother want to change about Mr. Smith?

A. His mustache

B. His voice

C. His car

D. His height



9: How long did the children have the charm?

A. 3 days

B. 1 week

C. 10 days

D. 1 day



10: What was Jane’s last wish?

A. For her father

B. To go to sleep

C. To have a new family

D. To start a fire



Article posted May 27, 2009 at 07:18 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 62



Article posted June 8, 2009 at 03:42 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 73

One day there was this boy named Sean. Sean liked to play video games and go outside a lot.



One day Sean was at school. He was playing with his friend, Steven. Steven said, “Hey, do you know some students who curse?”



Sean replied, “Umm, no. But I do know curses get you in trouble.”



Then out of nowhere, another one of Sean’s friends, Max, was being chased by Frank, the bully. But Max finally got to a teacher. Max was puffing to the teacher, “He… was chasing me… and he was cursing too… huff…”



So the teacher said, “Max Anderson, go to the nurse. As for you, Frank Holland, go in my room for detention. Now!!”



So Frank muttered, “Max, you little piece of --"



He would have cursed if the teacher didn’t say, “Go to my room!”



Max said, “Frank, you (Curse Word)!”



The teacher said, “Max, how could you say such a bad word? Come with me to detention!”



Sean and Steven were witnesses. So they both went to tell the Principal everything. The Principal asked, “Where are Max and Frank? I want to see them!”



“They’re in Ms. Cappona’s room! They are in her room for detention.” Sean replied. The Principal, Mr. Henry, called Ms. Cappona.



“Hello?”



“Yes, this is Tyler Henry calling to see if Max Anderson and Frank Holland were in your room.”



“Yes.”



“Sean Homer and Steven Harold told me everything. Holly Cappona, please send the two students to my office.”



Both adults hung up. Ms. Cappona turned to Max and Frank. “Mr. Henry wants you in his office. Go. Now.”



Frank and were very afraid getting sent to the principal. “Mr. Henry?!” said Frank.



Max said, “Uh, Oh!”



To be continued. . . .

Article posted June 8, 2009 at 03:42 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 73



Article posted June 10, 2009 at 02:52 PM GMT0 • comment • Reads 63

Max and Frank were walking to Mr. Henry’s office. They were really mad at each other.



Frank said, “Max, this is your entire fault! If you hadn’t told on me, none of this would have happened!”



Max replied, “Frank, even if I didn’t tell on you, we still would be in trouble because I heard on the phone while Mr. Henry was talking to Ms. Cappona that Sean and Steven saw the whole thing! And why were you chasing me?”



Frank said, “Because you wrote all over my notebook, ‘I Love Casey!’ with big letters!”



Max replied, “I didn’t do that! I saw Mario Duson do that! He likes Casey Ramirez. You embarrassed him in front of her. That is why he wrote that you like Casey! He told me!”



Frank screamed, “Oh, my god! I am going to get that rascal!”



The boys finally reached Mr. Henry’s office. Sean and Steven were riding their bikes at the park. 3:00 was dismissal. It was 3:15.



“Welcome, boys, have a seat. I want to talk to you about something,” Mr. Henry said. “Now, which one of you boys wants to tell their story first? Ms. Cappona is here to tell me if you are lying.”



Frank told his story first. “I was chasing him because I thought he wrote ‘I Love Casey’ on my backpack!”



Then Max told his story. “But it was Mario Duson who did that! He told me!”



Mr. Henry replied, “I will get Mario in here after we solve this problem. Frank, what do you want from Max?”



Frank replied, “I want Max next time to tell me when I make a mistake.”



“Max, what do you want from Frank?” Asked Mr. Henry.



“I want him to think twice before he chases me.”



Then Mr. Henry told what he wanted from both of them. “Will you promise to stop fighting and cursing?” The students replied, “OK!”



So that problem was over. But Max and Frank still had one problem. “We are so going to get Sean and Steven!” said Max.



Frank replied, “Oh, wait till they see my face!”



To be continued...

Article posted June 10, 2009 at 02:52 PM GMT0 • comment • Reads 63



Article posted June 10, 2009 at 03:42 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 289

Max and Frank were mad at Sean and Steven. Max even said, “Sean and Steven, we are not even!”



Frank said, “Where are those brats?! I want to pound them until they cry for mercy!”



Max and Frank were thinking about where Sean and Steven were. Max finally figured it out. “If Sean and Steven like biking a lot, they must be in the park! There is a lot of room to bike in the park! Plus, it’s a great way to go after school!”



Frank replied, “OK, let’s go!”



It was 3:45. Sean and Steven were still biking in the park. Steven was a bit nervous. He had a feeling that someone was mad at him and Sean was going straight to them. “Sean, do you think someone is coming here right now?"



Sean replied, “I doubt it.”



Then Steven and Sean were surprised. They heard voices. Frank and Max arrived. “Sean Homer and Steven Harold, we got you now.” said Frank and Max. They also said, “We got you right where we want you.”



Steven said, “Sean, I told you…”



Sean said, “What do you guys want?”



Frank replied, “We want to know how you know about our situation.”



Sean replied, “We saw the whole thing and told Mr. Henry!”



Steven said, “We told Mr. Henry because we tried to help!”



Max replied, “How could you help us when you made us stay 45 MINUTES AFTER SCHOOL?!”



Frank said, “Plus, this thing is all Mario Duson’s fault!”



Sean asked, “So, you are mad at us just because we told on you?”



Steven said, “Guys, just because we told on you doesn’t mean we have to fuss.”



Max replied, “We are not mad because you told on us. We are mad because you made us stay 45 minutes after school!”



Sean and Steven replied, “Well, sorry.”



Max and Frank replied, “We are sorry too. We were just a little mad.”



Sean and Steven replied, “We promise we will never make you stay after school again.”



Max and Frank replied, “Sorry we yelled. We promise we will never do that again. But we are still mad at one person.”



“Who is that person?” asked Sean and Steven.



Max and Frank replied, “Mario Duson!”



To Be Continued... .

Article posted June 10, 2009 at 03:42 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 289



Article posted June 12, 2009 at 03:38 PM GMT0 • comment • Reads 132

Frank, Max, Sean and Steven were mad at Mario. The whole situation was because of him. Now Mario wasn’t a bad boy. He just hated Frank. Mario wrote that love note. This explains why Frank was mad at Mario.



Max was mad only because since Mario wrote the note, Frank was chasing the wrong person, and they got detention. Sean and Steven were a little mad at Mario. Sean and Steven were only mad at Mario because the whole situation was because of him. Other than that, they were not mad. They were really calm boys. That is, except Max and Frank. Max and Frank were mad. VERY mad. So all 4 boys planned to confront Mario.



Frank said, “Where is that brat?!”



Sean replied, “Well, he likes to do art after school.”



Steven said, “Then he must be in Ms. Lana’s art room!”



Max said,”OK! Let’s go!”



So the boys went to school. It was Thursday. There are lots of after school things to do, so that explains why the school closes at 4:30. The boys finally got to Ms. Stephanie Lana’s art room. Ms. Lana said, “Hello! What can I do for you boys?”



Steven replied, “Is Mario Duson here?”



Ms. Lana replied, “Oh, yes! He is at table 7. Would you like to talk to him?”



Max replied, “Good. Yes, we would like to talk to him.”



Ms. Lana called for Mario. “Mr. Duson!”



Mario called, “OK! Coming!” Mario saw the 4 boys. He had no clue why all 4 boys were mad at him.



Frank said, “Hey Mario, do you know why we are here?”



Mario replied, “No.”



Max relied, “We came here to tell you that the love note you wrote on Frank’s back pack got me and Frank in trouble.”



Ms. Lana said, “Mario!”



Mario exclaimed, “So what? It was revenge for Frank spilling ice cream on my face in front of Casey.”



Sean and Steven said, “Mario, we told on them! It was your fault! We made them stay 45 minutes after school all because of you!”



Ms. Lana said to herself, whispering, “Oh, dear. This could get bad. I ought to call Mr. Henry.” So she called him.



“Hello?” Said Mr. Henry.



Ms. Lana said, “Mr. Henry, we have a bit of a problem here. Mario Duson, Frank Holland, Max Anderson, Steven Harold, and Sean Homer are mad at each other because Mr. Duson wrote a love note on Frank’s back pack. I heard it.”



Mr. Henry replied, “Ok. I will call them to my office, Stephanie.”



Ms. Lana replied, “Thank you.” Then they hung up.



Frank said to Mario, “Mario, why did you do this you little piece of -- "



Frank would have cursed. But he didn’t. He would have. But at that moment, the speaker in the art room was saying,



“Frank Holland, Max Anderson, Sean Homer, Mario Duson, and Steven Harold, please come to Mr. Henry’s office. Repeat. All 5 boys please come to Mr. Henry’s office.”



All 5 boys looked at each other in shock. Then they said, “Uh, Oh!”



To Be Continued... .

Article posted June 12, 2009 at 03:38 PM GMT0 • comment • Reads 132



Article posted November 12, 2008 at 03:24 PM GMT0 • comment (7) • Reads 60

If you think you love Scrabble more than anyone else, think again. These people love scrabble so much they play it dangerously. For instance, I will show you a couple of pictures of what they have done for playing Scrabble.







That seems scary. right?







Would you play with an alligator next to you trying to eat you?







These lions want to eat you badly! Would you still play with them next to you? How about you say they're fine then one of them jumps on you and eats you?



Last but not least, the underwater Scrabble:







Would you like to play Scrabble underneath the water with a billion sharks surrounding you? How do the pieces for Scrabble stay in place? Shouldn’t they float around?

Article posted November 12, 2008 at 03:24 PM GMT0 • comment (7) • Reads 60



Article posted September 15, 2008 at 02:29 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 52

Skeleton Man lives in a house made of rotten bones. He has one pet called Boney. They both eat leftovers from rotten deer meat. Skeleton Man’s wife is a ghost. Skeleton Man and his life might sound spooky but it’s not.



One day Skeleton Man and Boney the dog were going food shopping in Skeleton town. “Hmmmmm, what should I buy today? Oh,yes, treats for Boney. That’s right.”



When Skeleton Man was looking for Boney’s treats, he knocked into a Skeleton Kid. ”Sorry, kid,” he said. Then a few seconds later he noticed that one of his ribs broke off! “Oh, no problem. I will just go and buy a new one.”



Skeleton man just couldn’t find the right isle. Skeleton Man asked Skeleton Store Keeper, ”Do you know which aisle ribs are in, Miss?”



“Which kind of ribs?” she asked?



“Bird ribs, dog ribs, monkey ribs, so on and so on,” he says firmly.



”Man ribs, please.”



“Oh, right this way sir, aisle eleven through thirteen.”



“Thank you very much," he said.



He went to get ribs and found the right kind. “Ahhhh, there we go!”



He went to the clerk and said, ”That’s it.”



"$200.00 dollars sir.”



“Dog bones and ribs equal $200.00?!”



“Yes,” she said looking serious.



“OK,” he said depressed.



They went home, put his rib that he bought in and gave Boney a bone. While everybody was relaxed and Boney was eating his bone, he said “Goodnight. See you in Zombie town. . . .



NEXT!

Article posted September 15, 2008 at 02:29 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 52



Article posted September 15, 2008 at 02:52 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 47

“Welcome to fan world!”



“All you can find are fans!”



“Fans, fans, fans and fans!”



One day when Mr. Fan was walking his fan dog this huge giant fan blew all the fans onto the ground! It was like a tornado! Mr. and Mrs. Fan’s house got destroyed! They were so upset and they were crying because they couldn’t live in Fan Town anymore.



The next day they were trying to figure out where they were going to live.



“Ah, ha,” Mr. Fan said. “We can live in Plug World! That’s where the other part of my family lives.”



“OK,” said Mrs. Fan.



Mr. and Mrs. Fan arrived at Plug World in the next few days. It was quite different and strange to them but they got used to it. They saw much more plugs then fans but that was ok with them.



A few hours later they found Mr. Fan’s family! Mr. Fan’s family was so glad to see Mr. Fan! Mr. Fan’s family were plugs. That's why they live in Plug World.



Mr. and Mrs. Fan asked Mr. And Mrs. Plug if there was anything fun to do around and they said, "Yes! There are amusement parks, skyscrapers, toy factories, and everything else you can imagine.” Mr. and Mrs. Fan didn’t know what all that meant. So Mr. and Mrs. Plug showed them.



Mr. and Mrs. Fan were amazed what they saw! Beautiful skyscrapers, ponds, amusement parks, circuses, and, like I told you, everything else you can imagine!



A few days later on the news it said:



Fan world is know open again.

The entire houses are rebuilt and everything is back to normal.



Mr. and Mrs. Fan were happy they were going back to Fan World! But Mr. and Mrs. Plug were sad that the Fans were leaving. Mr. and Mrs. Fan said, "It was OK, you can visit us sometime in Fan World!"



So Mr. and Mrs. Fan went to the airport to go back home. When they got back home they were so happy they got their house back and they went right to sleep.



The End



Article posted September 15, 2008 at 02:52 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 47



Article posted September 24, 2008 at 03:15 PM GMT0 • comment (5) • Reads 68

All the teachers I had. . .ever!



Pre-k: Susan and Anna

Kindergarten: Mrs. Knight

First Grade: Mrs. Beshar

Second Grade: Mrs. Weiss

Third Grade: Mrs. Arozemena

Fourth Grade: Mrs. Sussman

Fifth Grade: Mr. Brune



That was all my teachers in my life so far! And they are all from Mamaroneck Ave. School!

Article posted September 24, 2008 at 03:15 PM GMT0 • comment (5) • Reads 68



Article posted September 24, 2008 at 03:43 PM GMT0 • comment (8) • Reads 48

Dear Diary (Why did I say that?)



I have this diary I write in. It comes to school and everywhere I go. I’m in ninth grade. I live in Hookertown. It’s my first year living here and my first year going to high school. Great, I don’t really want to go. I’m afraid someone will make fun of me. Well, I’ll figure out tomorrow.



P.S. I don’t do dear diary this or whatever that is.



Tomorrow. I’m at school so far everything is good until I figure out where my locker is. Everybody knows I’m short but I HATE bottom lockers. I mean, why should I get the bottom locker. It is so not fair.



Well, I told all of my friends I got the bottom locker. (Like they cared.)



School is over. See you later diary.



P.S. If you haven’t noticed, you don’t really know my name. I will tell you later. (Shutting book.)



I told my mom about the bottom locker. She didn’t really care I figured. I have one brother. His name is Rat. Well that’s what I call him. Got to go to school!



When I arrived at school I saw everybody staring at me and giggling. Ok, I thought to myself. Then one of my friends (you don’t need to know her name either) took something off my back. There was a sign that said,”Kicking butt time.” What? I thought to myself. Kicking? Butt? I was worried for the rest of the three periods but then I figured out that nothing was going to happen. (I was wrong.) Somebody pulled a prank on me and put mud on my science seat and I sat on it. I was crying. It was the meanest thing somebody has ever done to me! I ran to the office and started crying a lot. The principal (Charlie) told everybody to stay after school and for somebody to admit who put mud on my seat. Then one boy stood up and said, ”I did.” After he admitted he did it, everybody went home including me. I told my mom and she got angry and wanted to speak to the kid. I told her she didn’t have to but she did anyway.



P.S. My mom talked to him too much that he got EXPELLED!



The last day

Today was the next day and everybody hated me, even my friends! They were calling me tattletale, weirdo, loser and all of those mean things. But I tried to be nice, tried to tell them it wasn’t my fault, and I kind of ignored them. Well, after I said those things and tried to be nice to them they all ended up being friends with me again. (But everybody still thinks my mom is freaky.) I came home after school that day and went to BED. And the last thing I said that night was, ”Good-bye diary.”

Article posted September 24, 2008 at 03:43 PM GMT0 • comment (8) • Reads 48



Article posted October 2, 2008 at 03:39 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 51

Aren’t you tired of trying to find the remote? Well you don’t have to anymore! There is this new TV that doesn’t even have a remote to it! All you have to do is wave your hand in front of the TV and the volume will go up and down or the channels will. There are different hand moves to change the TV. Sideways means changing the channel, to stop the show hold your hand like a stop sign, and, last but not least, flap your hand down to putt down the volume. I really can’t believe that!

Article posted October 2, 2008 at 03:39 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 51



Article posted October 6, 2008 at 03:20 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 50

My mom had twelve dogs in her life. I have had only had two. Ten more to go. That’s what I said to my friend, Blahbloblah. (Don’t ask.)



The dog I have now is a golden retriever named Romeo. (Blahloblah is from Bloblahblo. Don’t ask again.)



Did you know that I named this story "My beautiful dog," and I’m barley even going to talk about my dog? Whatever.



My friend and I are going to the park this afternoon, almost after school. She insisted we go and clean it up. Guess what I said. NO! I mean, you don’t go to the park to clean stuff up. You are supposed to litter and play in it. Well, she stood there, kept picking up the trash, and looking at the beautiful sky. After that, I went home, laid in my bed, ate chips, and watched TV. I thought to myself, I really don’t understand her. She is the total opposite of me! I mean, she likes pink, I like black, I’m punk, she’s a girly-girl. I wonder if I can be her friend anymore! After I ate my chips I was just about to walk to the door to her house when, ”Where are you going missy?”



“Blahbloblah’s house, duh!”



“Not until you clean your room!”



“Fine,” I said.



I cleaned my room then I finally walked out the door to Blahbloblah’s house. What was I going to tell her? “I’m not your friend anymore?" "You are just too weird and too sensitive?” Oh, gosh! I’m already at her house! I rang the doorbell. What was I going to say?! What was I going to say?! She was at the door.



“Hey what’s up?” she said.



"YOU’RE MY BEST FRIEND!" I said. I thought to myself, why did I say that? I ran home, ditched her, and went to sleep!



The next story will come out. . .the next time I feel like writing something.

Article posted October 6, 2008 at 03:20 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 50



Article posted October 15, 2008 at 03:37 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 57

Well here it goes, the second edition of the "My beautiful dog."



One Night when I was about to go to sleep, Blahbloblah’s mother came to my door and wanted to speak to me. Ok, so I went to the stupid door to talk to stupid Blahbloblah’s mother. She said she was moving to Bloblahblo! (Yes!) But, she said she invited me to come for a few weeks. What did I say? I said sure!



Wow. . .I am the dumbest of them all. Why did I say that? We are leaving tomorrow. Pack your bags, sweetie pie!



OK, one thing I hate to be called is ”Sweetie pie!” I hate it. I am a punk, and she is a girlie-girl.



I slammed the door and ran up to my room. My mother came up knowing I didn’t want to go, but I had no choice. Now I had to go. I Just don’t understand why I was even born.



Today is tomorrow. I packed my bags last night and whatever. Now they are all here. Blahbloblah’s whole entire family was here. They said, ”Time to go sweetie pie.” I kissed my family good-bye and went with them.



I hope I don’t die!

Article posted October 15, 2008 at 03:37 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 57



Article posted October 31, 2008 at 03:22 PM GMT0 • comment (6) • Reads 74

Introduction



There is this group of boys and girls at a school: Kelly (popular), Bob (annoying), Jonathan (the one Kelly likes), and Jamie (Kelly’s best friend). They are at the school and they decided they wanted to go to English class.



Kelly- Hey, people, what do you think of my new hair?



Bob- Ugly



Kelly- You are so mean!



Jamie- Hey, Kelly, I love your hair. What are you doing after school?



Kelly- Going ice skating. Want to come?



Jamie- Sure!



Kelly- Let me ask the boys.



Meanwhile they boys wanted to come.



Bob- Sure I will come.



Jonathan- Me, too. I will meet you guys there.



Kelly- Bye!



Jamie- Bye!



Bob- huh?



Jonathan- Later!



School is over and they all saw each other at the ice rink. They all started to skate together.



Kelly- I love going ice skating!



Jamie- Me, too!



Kelly- Hey, want to go and find a new friend?



Jamie- Not really.



Bob- I will come.



Kelly- Ok!





Kelly and Bob saw a girl ice skating alone. They asked her if she wanted to skate with Kelly, Bob, Jamie, and Jonathan.





Kelly- Hey what’s your name?



Silvia- Silvia.



Kelly- Wow, that’s a real pretty name!



Silvia- Thanks. Everybody usually makes fun of my name because, well, I don’t really know.



Kelly- None of my friends will make fun of your name! Trust me! Right Bob, Jonathan, and Jamie?



Jamie- Absolutely, positively!



Jonathan- Alright!



Bob- What?



Kelly- I got to go home. See you guys later!



Kelly- Bye!



The next day, Kelly got really sick. She had to stay home from school. Jamie went to Kelly’s house and gave Kelly her homework for all her subjects.



Jamie- Hey, Kelly, are you feeling better?



Kelly- Not really.



Jamie- I have a surprise for you!



Kelly- Really?



Jamie- No! But I saw Silvia!



Kelly- You went ice skating?



Jamie- No! She goes to your school!



Kelly- Cool! Tell her I said hi! Bye Jamie.



Jamie- Bye!



Jamie left Kelly’s room and went home. When Kelly was going to go to sleep, her phone in her room rang.



Kelly- Hello?



Bob- Hey, Kelly! Can you go play outside?



Kelly- Are you serious? I didn’t go to school so what makes you think that I can go play outside?



Bob- Ok, see you later!!



Kelly- Later.



That was the end of the day. Kelly accidentally threw up over night. Jamie, Jonathan, and Bob did not throw up. They had a party!







Copyright, October 31, 2008

Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted October 31, 2008 at 03:22 PM GMT0 • comment (6) • Reads 74



Article posted November 3, 2008 at 06:48 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 54

This school in Gulucan, Western China is on top of this 5,000 ft cliff! That’s scary! The cliff is so big that each person on their way to school has to walk in a single file line. Imagine falling off that cliff on your way to school. That would be higher than the Empire State Building! Would you go to that school? Would you risk your life? Those kids will have to do the same thing walking every day! That would take a long walk to walk 5,000 feet every day!







Wow, look how hard that would be!

Article posted November 3, 2008 at 06:48 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 54



Article posted November 3, 2008 at 07:03 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 56

Can you believe that this man named Nik Wallenda rode a bike without handles, on a rope up in the sky, without a helmet or anything? Well it is true! He rode his bike in the sky without a helmet 235ft! There were 400 people below him and he was on TV! His mother made these shoes for him to wear. I think they were rubber! This guy Nik is crazy! I would never do such a thing like that! In his life he has seen his family members doing things like that so he wanted to try it out! I wouldn’t risk my life! He was in a circus, so let him do his thing!



Article posted November 3, 2008 at 07:03 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 56



Article posted November 5, 2008 at 03:11 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 62

What do you think about that? Do you want a robot maid to do all your work? That robot would do your laundry, make food for everybody, and do much more! This robot was made by scientists in Japan! If this robot finds dirty clothes, the robot would pick it up and put it in the laundry machine. It will also set the mode for the washer. Can you believe it also mops your floor even though you didn’t tell it to!

Article posted November 5, 2008 at 03:11 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 62



Article posted March 17, 2009 at 03:14 PM GMT0 • comment (7) • Reads 59

Lyrics by Avril Lavigne

Performed by FamousStar3000, BlackPanther, and HolibackGurl (click link below)





[Chorus]


Hey! Hey! You! You!


I don't like your girlfriend!


No way! No way!


I think you need a new one


Hey! Hey! You! You!


I could be your girlfriend





Hey! Hey! You! You!


I know that you like me


No way! No way!


No it's not a secret


Hey! Hey! You! You!


I want to be your girlfriend





[Verse 1]


You're so fine


I want you mine


You're so delicious


I think about you all the time


You're so addictive


Don't you know what I could do to make you feel alright?


(feel alright, feel alright, feel alright)


Don't pretend I think you know I'm darn precious


And yeah


I'm the mother lil’ princess


I can tell you like me too and you know I'm right


(know I'm right, know I'm right, know I'm right)





She's like so whatever


You could do so much better


I think we should get together now


And that's what everyone's talking about!





[Chorus]


Hey! Hey! You! You!


I don't like your girlfriend!


No way! No way!


I think you need a new one


Hey! Hey! You! You!


I could be your girlfriend





Hey! Hey! You! You!


I know that you like me


No way! No way!


No it's not a secret


Hey! Hey! You! You!


I want to be your girlfriend





[Verse 2]


I can see the way, I see the way you look at me


And even when you look away I know you think of me


I know you talk about me all the time again and again


(And again and again and again)


So come over here, tell me what I want to hear





Better yet make your girlfriend disappear


I don't want to hear you say her name ever again


(And again and again and again! )





Cause she's like so whatever


You could do so much better


I think we should get together now


And that's what everyone's talking about!





[Chorus]


Hey! Hey! You! You!


I don't like your girlfriend!


No way! No way!


I think you need a new one


Hey! Hey! You! You!


I could be your girlfriend





Hey! Hey! You! You!


I know that you like me


No way! No way!


No it's not a secret


Hey! Hey! You! You!


I want to be your girlfriend





Oh


In a second you'll be wrapped around my finger


Cause I can, cause I can do it better


There's no other


So when's it gonna' sink in


She's so stupid


What the heck were you thinking?


Oh


In a second you'll be wrapped around my finger


Cause I can, cause I can do it better


There's no other


So when's it gonna sink in


She's so stupid


What the heck were you thinking?





[Chorus]


Hey! Hey! You! You!


I don't like your girlfriend!


No way! No way!


I think you need a new one


Hey! Hey! You! You!


I could be your girlfriend


No Way No Way...





Hey! Hey! You! You!


I know that you like me


No way! No way!


No it's not a secret


Hey! Hey! You! You!


I want to be your girlfriend


No Way No Way...





Hey! Hey! You! You!


I don't like your girlfriend!


No way! No way!


I think you need a new one


Hey! Hey! You! You!


I could be your girlfriend


No Way No Way...





Hey! Hey! You! You!


I know that you like me


No way! No way!


No it's not a secret


Hey! Hey! You! You!


I want to be your girlfriend


No Way No Way Hey Hey...

Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted March 17, 2009 at 03:14 PM GMT0 • comment (7) • Reads 59



Article posted December 5, 2008 at 03:34 PM GMT0 • comment (5) • Reads 55



H, This is Famousstar3000 again! This is me with my sister Ginger. We had a Thanksgiving party at our school, and my teacher took of a picture of me with my sister. Isn’t my sister cute? This picture was maybe taken about a week ago. How old do you think my sister is? She just turned three! Wish her a happy birthday! Well, I got to go! Bye!

Article posted December 5, 2008 at 03:34 PM GMT0 • comment (5) • Reads 55



Article posted December 5, 2008 at 03:44 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 54





The girl in the white jacket is me. The boy in the gray jacket is Blackpanther9000. And finally the girl in the pink sweater is Musicgirl. We were all at a Thanksgiving feast at my school waiting for my feast.



I HAVE THE BEST FRIENDS EVER! Too bad I don’t have a picture with them yet. On the other hand, Blackpanther900 and Musicgirl are my friends.



I usually wear the same earrings but I forgot them this day. I am so sad. Well, I got to go! Maybe next time I will try to ask my teacher if he could take a few more pictures of my friends and me.

Article posted December 5, 2008 at 03:44 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 54



Article posted January 27, 2009 at 05:47 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 56

Lyrics by Estelle

Performed by FamousStar3000 and BlackPanther (Click link at end to hear.)



[Kanye West:]

Dis is da numba one champion sound

Yeah, Estelle we 'bout to get down

We da hottest in the world right now.

Just touched down in London town.

Bet they give me a pound.

Better put the money in my hand right now.

Tell the promoter we need more seats,

We just sold out all the floor seats.



[Chorus: Estelle]

Take me on a trip, I'd like to go some day.

Take me to New York, I'd love to see LA.

I really want to, come pick it with you.

You'll be my American Boy.



He said, Hey Sister.

It's really really nice to meet ya.

I just met this 5 foot 7 guy who's just my type.

Like the way he speak here, his confidence is peaking.

Don't like his baggy jeans

--

And no I ain't been to MIA

I heard that Cali never rains and New York's wide awake.

But first let's see the west end.

--

I'm like this American Boy. American Boy.



[Chorus:]

Take me on a trip, I'd like to go some day

Take me to New York, I'd love to see LA.

I really want to come pick it with you.

You'll be my American Boy. American Boy.



Can we get away this weekend.

Take me to Broadway.

Let's go shopping maybe then we'll go to a Cafe.

Let's go on the subway.

Take me to your hood.

I neva been to Brooklyn and I'd like to see what's good.

Dress in all your fancy clothes.

Sneaker's looking Fresh to death I'm lovin' those Shell Toes.

Walkin' that walk.

Talk that slick talk.

I'm likin' this American Boy. American Boy.



[Chorus:]

Take me on a trip, I'd like to go some day.

Take me to New York, I'd love to see LA.

I really want to come pick it with you.

You'll be my American Boy.



Let them know a gwan blud



[Kanye West:]

Who spillin' em in the UK.

Everybody gonna to say you K, reluctantly,

Because most of this press don't mess with me.

Estelle once said to me, cool down down

Don't act a fool now now.

I always act a fool oww oww.

Ain't nothing new now now.

He crazy, I know what ya thinkin'.

White Pino I know what you're drinkin'.

Rap singer. Chain Blinger.

Holla at the next soon as you're blinkin.

What's you're persona,

About this Americana Rhymer.

Am I shallow cause all my clothes designer.

Dressed smart like a London Bloke.

Before he speak his suit bespoke.

And you thought he was cute before.

Look at this P Coat, Tell me he's broke.

And I know you're not into all that.

I heard your lyrics I feel your spirit.

But I still talk that CAAASH.

Cause a lot wags wanna hear it.

And I'm feelin' like Mike at his Baddest.

The Pips at they Gladys.

And I know they love it.

So so long with all that rubbish.



[Estelle:]

Would you be my love, my love.

Could be mine

Would you be my love my love,

Could you be mine

Could you be my love, my love.

Would you be my American Boy. American Boy



Take me on a trip I'd like to go some day

Take me to Chicago, San Francisco Bay

I really want to, come pick it with you

You'll be my American boy



[Chorus:]

Take me on a trip, I'd like to go some day

Take me to New York, I'd love to see LA.

I really want to come kick it with you.

You'll be my American Boy



La da da, da da, de da

La da da, da da, de da

American boy


Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted January 27, 2009 at 05:47 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 56



Article posted January 31, 2009 at 06:21 PM GMT0 • comment • Reads 71

Lyrics By Aly and Aj

Performed by FamousStar3000 & NickJonusLuver (Click the "Play in Browser" or "Right Click to Download" below.)



It took too long


It took too long


It took to long for you to call back


And normally I would just forget that


Except for the fact it was my birthday


My stupid birthday





I played along


I played along


I played along


rolled right off my back


But obviously my armor was cracked


What kind of a boyfriend would forget that?


Who would forget that?





The type of guy who doesn’t see


What he has until she leaves


Don’t let me go


Cause without me, you know you’re lost


Wise up now or pay the cost


Soon you will know





You’re not livin’ till you’re livin’


Livin’ with me


You’re not winnin’ till you’re winnin’


Winnin’ me


You’re not gettin’ till you’re gettin’


Gettin’ to me


You’re not livin’ till you’re livin’


living for me





This is the potential breakup song


Our album needs just one


Oh baby please


Please tell me





We got along


We got along


We got along until you did that


Now all I want is just my stuff back


Do you get that?


Let me repeat that


I want my stuff back





You can send it in a box


I don’t care just drop it off


I won’t be home


Cause without me, you know you’re lost


Minus you I’m better off


Soon you will know





You’re not livin’ till you’re livin’


Livin’ with me


You’re not winnin’ till you’re winnin’


Winnin’ me


You’re not gettin’ till you’re gettin’


Gettin’ to me


You’re not livin’ till you’re livin’


living for me





You can try, you can try


You know I know it’d be a lie


Without me you’re gonna die


So you better think clearly, clearly


Before you nearly, nearly


Mess up the situation that your gonna miss dearly, dearly


C’mon





You’re not livin’ till you’re livin’


Livin’ with me


You’re not winnin’ till you’re winnin’


Winnin’ me


You’re not gettin’ till you’re gettin’


Gettin’ to me


You’re not livin’ till you’re livin’


living for me





This is the potential breakup song


Our album needs just one


Oh baby please


Please tell me





This is the potential make-up song


please just admit you’re wrong


Which will it be?


Which will it be?



 


Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted January 31, 2009 at 06:21 PM GMT0 • comment • Reads 71



Article posted February 8, 2009 at 04:56 PM GMT0 • comment (5) • Reads 55

Lyrics by Casada

See it performed by FamousStar3000 by choosing the "download" button at the end.



I still hear your voice, when you sleep next to me.


I still feel your touch in my dreams.(my dreams)


Forgive me my weakness, but I don't know why


Without you it's hard to survive.





'Cause everytime we touch, I get this feeling.


And everytime we kiss I swear I could fly.


Can't you feel my heart beat fast, I want this to last.


Need you by my side.


'Cause everytime we touch, I feel this static.


And everytime we kiss, I reach for the sky.


Can't you hear my heart beat slow...


I can't let you go.


Want you in my life.





Your arms are my castle, your heart is my sky.


They wipe away tears that I cry. (I cry)


The good and the bad times, we've been through them all.


You make me rise when I fall.





'Cause everytime we touch, I get this feeling.


And everytime we kiss I swear I could fly.


Can't you feel my heart beat fast, I want this to last.


Need you by my side.


'Cause everytime we touch, I feel this static.


And everytime we kiss, I reach for the sky.


Can't you hear my heart beat slow...


I can't let you go.


Want you in my life.





'Cause everytime we touch, I get this feeling.


And everytime we kiss I swear I could fly.


Can't you feel my heart beat fast, I want this to last.


Need you by my side.





 


Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted February 8, 2009 at 04:56 PM GMT0 • comment (5) • Reads 55



Article posted February 9, 2009 at 11:48 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 53

You know when you order a cake and they spell your name wrong or something like that? Well it looks like it happened to these people too. There is now a site called http://www.dogonews.com/2009/02/09/cakes%20gone%20wrong. They show all of the pictures of cakes that ended up wrong.  It's really funny because when you go on this website the first thing you see is these cakes that are shaped and made like a real foot.  I think this is awesome and funny at the same time!

Article posted February 9, 2009 at 11:48 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 53



Article posted May 4, 2009 at 03:43 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 49


Survey Results - GlowDay.com

Article posted May 4, 2009 at 03:43 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 49



Article posted March 5, 2009 at 06:50 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 52

Lyrics by the Pussycat Dolls

Performed by FamousStar3000, CheerGirl, NickJonasLuver, TapGirl, RockGirl. (Click link at end to view.)



 









Now I've got a confession [ha, ha, ha, ha]


When I was young, I wanted attention [ha, ha, ha, ha]


And I promised myself that I'd do anything [ha, ha, ha, ha]


Anything at all for them to notice me [ha, ha, ha, ha]





But I ain't complaining


We all wanna be famous


So go ahead and say


What you wanna say





You don't know what it's like to be nameless


Want them to know what your name is


'Cause see, when I was younger, I would say





When I grow up, I wanna be famous


I wanna be a star, I wanna be in movies


When I grow up, I wanna see the world


Drive nice cars, I wanna have groupies]





When I grow up, be on TV


People know me, be on magazines


When I grow up, fresh and clean


Number one girl when I step out on the scene





Be careful what you wish for


'Cause you just might get it


You just might get it


You just might get it





Be careful what you wish for


'Cause you just might get it


You just might get it


You just might get it





They used to tell me I was silly


Until I popped up on the TV [la, la, la, la]


I always wanted to be a superstar


Who knew singing songs would get me this far? [la, la, la, la]





But I ain't complaining


We all wanna be famous


So go ahead and say


What you wanna say





You don't know what it's like to be nameless


Want them to know what your name is


'Cause see, when I was younger, I would say





When I grow up, I wanna be famous


I wanna be a star, I wanna be in movies


When I grow up, I wanna see the world


Drive nice cars, I wanna have groupies





When I grow up, be on TV


People know me, be on magazines


When I grow up, fresh and clean


Number one girl when I step out on the scene





Be careful what you wish for


'Cause you just might get it


You just might get it


You just might get it





Be careful what you wish for


'Cause you just might get it


You just might get it


You just might get it





I see them staring at me


Oh, I'm a trendsetter


Yes, this is true, 'cause what I do


No one can do it better





You can talk about me


'Cause I'm a good topic


I see you watching me


Watching me


And I know you want it, oh





When I grow up, I wanna be famous


I wanna be a star, I wanna be in movies


When I grow up, I wanna see the world


Drive nice cars,





When I grow up, be on TV


People know me, be on magazines


When I grow up, fresh and clean


Number one girl when I step out on the scene





Be careful what you wish for


'Cause you just might get it


You just might get it


You just might get it





Be careful what you wish for


'Cause you just might get it


You just might get it


You just might get it





When I grow up, I wanna be famous


I wanna be a star, I wanna be in movies


When I grow up, I wanna see the world


Drive nice cars, I wanna have groupies





When I grow up, be on TV


People know me, be on magazines


When I grow up, fresh and clean


Number one girl  when I step out on the scene





Be careful what you wish for


'Cause you just might get it


You just might get it


You just might get it





Be careful what you wish for


'Cause you just might get it


You just might get it


You just might get it

Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted March 5, 2009 at 06:50 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 52



Article posted March 14, 2009 at 03:38 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 58

 




The Hawaiian Princess.



 



Once in Medieval Times there was a Hawaiian princess. Her father was King Demetrius. He was very strict and did not let his daughter go anywhere. Her name was Honolulu. (That's how it became the state's capital.)



One day princess Honolulu got bored so she decided to go to the beach. She had no friends just to tell you. She saw this little baby turtle all alone in the street when she was walking towards the beach. People kicked it around like a rock! People were even using the poor creature to play tennis! How could they? That turtle survived those horrible times.



Anyway, she brought the poor little turtle home and kept it as a pet. She did not tell her father for he did not enjoy any other creatures except himself. She kept the turtle safe and sound for two years. It was growing bigger and bigger by the minute. They were in love with each other.



One day while Princess Honolulu was giving her pet turtle a bath, her father came and couldn't believe his eyes! He never thought his daughter would do that. Well Honolulu's father did not appreciate this turtle and told her to immediately send this turtle back where it came from.



So she brought the turtle back to the beach, with tears in her eyes and just put the turtle down. Without turning back, she left with tears in her face. She thought that was the end of her and the turtle but it wasn't.







The Hawaiian Princess 2




Well, a few years after Princess Honolulu put the turtle back on the beach, she was hopeless. She couldn’t do anything without her best friend.



One day when King Demetrius was not home, the doorbell rang. Honolulu knew never to answer the door, but since her father wasn’t home she went and answered it anyway. When she opened the door she found that it was her best friend, the turtle, with a rose in its mouth. Princess Honolulu thought, "Why, did a turtle came to my door with a rose in its mouth?"



When the turtle grew into a man, he asked Princess Honolulu to marry him. She didn’t believe her eyes. He was the handsomest boy she had ever seen. She wanted to say yes, but if she did her father would probably not allow it. But Princess Honolulu came up to the man and said, "Yes, I will marry you.”



So she brought the boy up to her room and said, "I will show you the things I did to you when you were a turtle.” And she did.



Every time her father would come into her room, she told the boy to turn into a turtle. He did. He listened to everything Princess Honolulu ever said.



Four years later, her father died and Princess Honolulu’s husband became king. After that, they lived happily ever after.



The End





Article posted March 14, 2009 at 03:38 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 58



Article posted April 20, 2009 at 11:55 PM GMT0 • comment (6) • Reads 61

Hey, Guys! I'm going to go and take a poll from 4/27/09 till 5/5/09. Please write your favorite color. Then on 4/30/09 I will calculate the results and then tell you which favorite color is more popular! P.S. no mixed colors.

Article posted April 20, 2009 at 11:55 PM GMT0 • comment (6) • Reads 61



Article posted April 21, 2009 at 03:16 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 52

Dad: Happy birthday twins.



Brother: A computer! And a car! Thanks, Mom and Dad!



Dad: Kelly, open your present.



FamousStar: What the heck?



Mom: What did you expect?



Brother: Nice present, FamousStar.



FamousStar: Shut up, Bob!



Brother: No.



FamousStar: OMG! Mom!!



Mother: Now stop fighting. You two are twins. For goodness sakes, don't they have the same thoughts?



FamousStar: Shoes



Brother: Playstation



Father: Reading!



Mother: Johnny Depp



Father: FamousStar, where are you going?



FamousStar: Out!



Mother: Where?



Father: FamousStar, What are you going to do with your life?



FamousStar: I'm going to get what I want.



Father: Oh, no.



Shoes. Shoes. Shoes. Oh my god, shoes!

Let's get some shoes. Let's get some shoes. Let's get some shoes.

Shoes. Shoes. Oh my god, shoes! Shoes!

These shoes rule. These shoes stink. These shoes rule. These shoes stink!

Shoes. Shoes. Shoes. Oh my god, Shoes!

These shoes rule. These shoes stink. These shoes stink. These shoes stink!

I think you have too many shoes. (Shut up!)

I think you have too many shoes. (Shut up!)

I think you have too many shoes. (Shut up!)

I think you have too many shoes. (Shut up!)

Let's get some shoes. Let's party.

These shoes are $300. These shoes are $300. These shoe are 300 dollars. These shoes are $300 stinking dollars. Style runs small. I don't think you're gonna fit. I mean, your feet are kinda big.

Oh. Oh. Oh. Oh, and by the way

Blah. Blah. Blah Blah. Blah blah. Blah blah.

Those shoes are mine girl. Gimme those shoes. Those shoes are mine.

Article posted April 21, 2009 at 03:16 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 52



Article posted April 27, 2009 at 03:12 PM GMT0 • comment • Reads 61

http://www.flickr.com/photos/brune/3479390331/" title="famous by 5B@MAS, on Flickr">http://farm4.static.flickr.com/3354/3479390331_fd14c0cc2b.jpg" width="500" height="417" alt="famous" />



http://www.flickr.com/photos/brune/3479390337/" title="star by 5B@MAS, on Flickr">http://farm4.static.flickr.com/3663/3479390337_3069f744b5.jpg" width="500" height="333" alt="star" />



http://www.flickr.com/photos/brune/3480219658/" title="3000 by 5B@MAS, on Flickr">http://farm4.static.flickr.com/3399/3480219658_c549ec7aff.jpg" width="500" height="302" alt="3000" />

Article posted April 27, 2009 at 03:12 PM GMT0 • comment • Reads 61



Article posted April 28, 2009 at 07:38 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 55

Jessica- What's wrong with black jeans?



Alyssa- They're. . .they're. . .I JUST CAN'T SAY IT!



Jamie- Just say it!



Alyssa- NO, you!! I'm too scared!



Jamie(gulps)- They're. . .they're...PLAIN!

Article posted April 28, 2009 at 07:38 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 55



Article posted April 27, 2009 at 08:54 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 55

[Editor's note: Hear FamousStar read this by clicking the links at the end.]



Who's wearing short shorts? I'm wearing short shorts. You're wearing short shorts! She's wearing...BLACK...jeans!



To be continued. . . .


Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted April 27, 2009 at 08:54 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 55



Article posted May 14, 2009 at 03:43 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 69

Tapgirl: Brown hair with the sparkling eyes



Famousstar3000: She looks so pretty and so divine



Tapgirl: And she’s an actress



Famousstar3000: Actress



Tapgirl: But she’s got all her needs



Famousstar3000: She’s more richer than Avril Lagvin



Both- M-m-m-money



Famousstar3000: Always pressed in her hand



Tapgirl: While our money’s being spent on rubber bands



Famousstar3000: And tell your boyfriend (boyfriend) if he says he’s got more. . . .



Tapgirl: That I don’t care about you anymore!!



Famousstar3000:She wants my money (whoa)

Why does she want it? (whoa)

Why don’t you leave me alone( o…oo…..ooo…)



Tapgirl:Don’t trust her(o)

Never trust her(o)

Don’t trust her(o)

Don’t trust her…



Famousstar3000: Don’t trust her (o)

Never trust her (o)

Don’t trust her(o)

Don’t trust her…..



Tapgirl: Kiss marks on the side of your cheeks.



Famousstar3000: Wash them in the bathroom, but don’t have your please.



Tapgirl: And she’s so pretty,(Pretty)



Famousstar3000:And she has blonde hair



Tapgirl: And the blue eyes which she don’t share!



Both: M-m-m-mirrors is what she is looking in.



Famousstar3000: Shaking with her fingers with the make-up in her palm.



Tap girl: And the lip-gloss (lip-gloss)



Famousstar3000: All smudge over your face



Tapgirl: Just another girl alone at the store!



Famousstar3000: She wants my money (woah)

Why does she want it? (woah)

Why don’t she leave me alone(o..oo….ooo)



Tapgirl:Don’t trust her(o)

Never trust her (o)

Don’t trust her(o)

Don’t trust her…..



Famousstar3000: She wants my money (woah)

Why does she want it? (woah)

Why don’t she leave me alone(o..oo….ooo)



Tapgirl:Don’t trust her(o)

Never trust her (o)

Don’t trust her(o)

Don’t trust her…..



Tapgirl: Hey girl…be quiet… put your lip-gloss on and here’s your money!



Famousstar3000: Hey girl…be quiet… put your lip-gloss on and here’s your money!



Both: Hey girl…be quiet… put your lip-gloss on and here’s your money( fades away)



O,……o……o……o……o……o…..o…..



Famousstar3000: She wants my money (woah)

Why does she want it? (woah)

Why don’t she leave me alone(o..oo….ooo)



Tapgirl:Don’t trust her(o)

Never trust her (o)

Don’t trust her(o)

Don’t trust her…..



Famousstar3000: She wants my money (woah)

Why does she want it? (woah)

Why don’t she leave me alone(o..oo….ooo)



Tapgirl:Don’t trust her(o)

Never trust her (o)

Don’t trust her(o)

Don’t trust her…..

Article posted May 14, 2009 at 03:43 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 69



Article posted May 19, 2009 at 03:19 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 73

This twelve year old kid has the job where he tastes this candy called,” Swizzles Matlow.” Isn’t that sweet?! All day he tastes candy to see if it is good or not! I want that job! I’m good at tasting candy! (Trust me.) He is soooo lucky!! Well, like I said, I wish I was him. Check out these cool pictures of what he does all day and if you want to learn more about this, click the link all the way on the bottom of the page!











Here’s the link!

http://www.dogonews.com/2009/05/15/now-this-is-a-sweet-job

Article posted May 19, 2009 at 03:19 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 73



Article posted May 20, 2009 at 10:00 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 51

Every year ir comes...the kids vs. teachers "Alien" game! You have to knock each other's pins down (prentend their aliens) and whoever wins. . .wins! To bad that this year the kids lost. Waaaa! But maybe in 2010, the next year, fifth graders will win?!?!?!?!?!

Article posted May 20, 2009 at 10:00 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 51



Article posted May 20, 2009 at 10:14 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 88


Get This - Survey Results - GlowDay.com

Article posted May 20, 2009 at 10:14 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 88



Article posted May 26, 2009 at 02:38 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 98

famousstar3000: Hii!! I’m famousstar3000!!!



blackpanther800: Me, too, but my names blackpanther800!!



famousstar3000: And we are…….uh.. what are we again?



famousstar3000: Uhhh. . .who's she??



blackpanther800: She's my pig!!



hollibackgurl42: AHH!



famousstar3000: Better luck next time!



famousstar3000: Well…uh…whatcha feed her?



blackpanther800: Leftovers!!



famousstar3000: Oh, makes me hungry. Want to get some now?



blackpanther800: I’ll race ya!



Both: And that’s a hillbilly moment!



(dance)




Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted May 26, 2009 at 02:38 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 98



Article posted May 28, 2009 at 11:00 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 91


Survey Results - GlowDay.com

Get This - Survey Results - GlowDay.com

Article posted May 28, 2009 at 11:00 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 91



Article posted May 28, 2009 at 11:03 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 86


Survey Results - GlowDay.com

Get This - Survey Results - GlowDay.com

Article posted May 28, 2009 at 11:03 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 86



Article posted June 3, 2009 at 03:32 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 72

By Famousstar3000 and some lyrics by Black Eyed Peas



Gotta get that…. gotta get that… gotta get that... gotta get get get get that



So-so-da gotta get that

So- so-da gotta get that

so-so-da gotta get that

so-so-da gotta get that

So-so-da gotta get that

That so-so-da

That so-so-da

So-so-da

I gotta hit and beat the can, I can see it far below, I got that rock n’ roll that good soda.

That 3-d can oh it makes you move

I got that so-so- da how to get that so-so-da!



I like that good soda, the sprit makes it, they try to take it away but I day no (oh) I’d like it since 1998 and now its 2008! I got that so-so-da let me get that so-so-da! Let me get it now.

So-so-da gotta get that

So- so-da gotta get that

So-so-da gotta get that

So-so-da gotta get that

So-so-da gotta get that

That so-so-da

That so-so-da

So-so-da



People smash the can then you hear it go BOOM! When people see that they’ll call the c-c-cops. They’ll go cra-cra-zzy that crazy ca-ca-ann. Its on the h-d flat that so-so-da.



It feels like a beast when you drink it, into the dump it’ll never be it. Better, crazy, extra longer. It takes everyone extra longer. We got to beat that so-da we got to beat that so-da we got to beat that sprit that soda in your town.



People in the place, if you want soo-daa, put yours hands in the air, then put them down.



I’d be rocking the soda, ya ya,

I’d be rocking the beats ya,ya,ya,ya hu hu.



Here we go here we go popping that sprit all getting hit with the so-da



Here we go here we go we don’t need di-et.



Just getting hit with the so-da.

Just getting hit with the …



Lets keep on shaking shaking shake the so-da-da.



Let the so-daaa

Let the so-daaa

Let the so-daaa

Lets keep on drinking it lets get that so-da



I like that good soda, the sprit makes it, they try to take it away but I day no (oh) I’d like it since 1998 and now its 2008! I got that so-so-da let me get that so-so-da! Let me get it now.



So-so-da gotta get that

So- so-da gotta get that

so-so-da gotta get that

so-so-da gotta get that

So-so-da gotta get that

That so-so-da

That so-so-da

So-so-da

Article posted June 3, 2009 at 03:32 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 72



Article posted June 5, 2009 at 02:25 AM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 211

Article posted June 5, 2009 at 02:25 AM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 211



Article posted June 11, 2009 at 03:22 PM GMT0 • comment • Reads 78

Red dress with the perfect shoes. She got the hair, the makeup and all the bling. And she’s a model, model. And she ain’t got no hate. She’s got money from all her fans. Fans.



B-b-b-bling always hangs from her neck. Well my bling is being no where to be find. She says “I love you” to her all fans then leaves in her limo leaving her fans behind.



She has a fan club oh

She has the money oh

They’ll never leave her alone, alone

Always trust her

Always trust her

Always trust her

Never trust me



She has a fan club oh

She has the money oh

They’ll never leave her alone, alone

Always trust her

Always trust her

Always trust her

Never trust me



Parties and flashing lights. Fans screaming in the dark fun night and the party, party it sole off the stage wakes, hugs and kisses all over the place. A-a-a- autographs from paper to paper sign them in a hurry. And the best is everyone knows just who you are. But you don’t ha ha ha



She has a fan club oh

She has the money oh

They’ll never leave her alone, alone



Always trust her

Always trust her

Always trust her

Never trust me



She has a fan club oh

She has the money oh

They’ll never leave her alone, alone



Always trust her

Always trust her

Always trust her

Never trust me





Dance people. Dance to the beat. Do your fun dance. And meet with friends. Dance people. Dance to the beat. Do your fun dance. And meet with friends. Dance people. Dance to the beat. Do your fun dance. And meet with friends.



La la la la ooo la la la la la la la



She has a fan club oh

She has the money oh

They’ll never leave her alone, alone



Always trust her

Always trust her

Always trust her

Never trust me



She has a fan club oh

She has the money oh

They’ll never leave her alone, alone



Always trust her

Always trust her

Always trust her

Never trust me



She has a fan club oh

She has the money oh

They’ll never leave her alone, alone



Always trust her

Always trust her

Always trust her

Never trust me



She has a fan club oh

She has the money oh

They’ll never leave her alone, alone



Always trust her

Always trust her

Always trust her

Never trust me



Yeah!

Article posted June 11, 2009 at 03:22 PM GMT0 • comment • Reads 78



Article posted October 2, 2008 at 03:12 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 61

A pigeon that learned how to read instead of going to the bathroom on the side walk and eating your food.



The only reason that the pigeons are not going to eat their food or poop is because they are reading a book about their manners.



[LINK]

Article posted October 2, 2008 at 03:12 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 61



Article posted September 12, 2008 at 02:40 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 106

One day there were two boys named Andrew and Giovanni. They both liked wrestling. Their favorite wrestler was Rye Maestro. He could beat anyone in his way.



One day they both went to WWWE. But they didn’t have that much luck because they had to wait an hour and a half. The line went up to the parking lot. But then they got up to the place were you have to pay money to get in.



When they got in they were in the front. When Rye came out he sacked everybody’s hand. When he sacked Giovanni’s hand he gave him a mask. But he didn’t give give him his real mask. He gave him a different mask because he didn’t want anybody to know who he was.



When the match started against CM Punk Rye just hit him, took him down, and got a chair and hit CM Punk in the head. Then Rye pinned him. Then Andrew and Giovanni said that was a fast match.

Article posted September 12, 2008 at 02:40 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 106



Article posted October 3, 2008 at 03:33 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 74

There is a new turtle that lives in the Marry River. He has green algae on his head like hair. He is really long. His species can lay up to 100 eggs! The Marry river is in Queensland, Australia. It feeds off of bugs. This turtle dose hibernates during the winter.







I wonder why anyone would want a pet like him. He can eat you alive! Now, I know why someone would want a pet like him. Because he is cool.

Article posted October 3, 2008 at 03:33 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 74



Article posted October 15, 2008 at 03:26 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 76

A bunch of people in Spain stack one person by one person until they fall. If they fall this will be bad because they are trying to beat a world record. This will prove that they are better than any other country. People keep making fun of Spain. They don’t want people to make fun of them.



I wonder why people make fun of them. They make fun of them because Spain never won a world record.

Article posted October 15, 2008 at 03:26 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 76



Article posted October 30, 2008 at 03:36 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 115

http://www.dogonews.com/2008/10/20/chimp-anjana-makes-great-surrogate-mum Monkey takes care of baby tigers.



This monkey is no ordinary monkey. He helps a woman at the zoo take of animals that don’t have a home. This time he taking care of two baby tigers. He feeds them and he pays with them. He takes them around the country with the woman he is helping.



This monkey is the most caring monkey there is. At least that's what I think about him.

Article posted October 30, 2008 at 03:36 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 115



Article posted October 30, 2008 at 07:04 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 115

Tofu and fin are not just any kind of rats. They don’t have to stay in their cage all day. Instead of doing that they go surfing. They live on the island of Hawaii, and they go surfing. It all started when their 14 year old owner was taking care of them. They started to swim around the tub. So one day one of their owners had a idea. Since they were really good surfers he took Tofu and Fin surfing. When they got there, Tofu and Fin were the first ones to get in to the water. At first they were swimming around and playing. But then when both of their owners started to surf they did the same thing. It took 5 seconds for them to get on the board and start surfing.

Article posted October 30, 2008 at 07:04 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 115



Article posted October 31, 2008 at 02:53 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 76

This guy named Ray Villafane's is making 3D pumpkin faces. He is putting Brack Obama and predator from the movie "Alien V.S. Predator." And he's making a lot more scary things like skeletons, Frankenstein, and, last but not least, John McCain. He is making a shop so people can make their own pumpkin or they can buy their own pumpkins.



I think this is really cool that he made the pumpkins. I wonder how he made them.

I think he is a pro at carving pumpkins.

[LINK]

Article posted October 31, 2008 at 02:53 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 76



Article posted November 3, 2008 at 07:03 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 61

This story is about people who go kite. If you’re wondering how these people do this, they tie a rope around their waste which goes to the kite. They go really high and they come down flying and hit the water really hard and they start surfing.

Article posted November 3, 2008 at 07:03 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 61



Article posted November 12, 2008 at 04:05 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 101

This story is about these people who just finished celebrating a holiday in Asia. These people wanted to go back home. Instead of them wasting time and waiting one by one for a train, they just all got on it. The way they all fit is that they go on the roof and they hang on the doors or on the front where the driver has to see.



(P.S. Do not try this at home.)



(P.P.S. The people in the front where the driver sees tell him where to turn left, right, or middle.)

Article posted November 12, 2008 at 04:05 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 101



Article posted November 14, 2008 at 12:21 AM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 57

This person likes to play baseball so much that when he started to play he started to strike out so many pepole just by pitching the ball. He throws the ball so fast that the person up at bat couldn’t see the ball that much. And just by pitching he was given A PRIZE TO GO AROUND THE WORLD. He was named the best pitching person in that league. He was so happy that he almost started to cry of happieness.

Article posted November 14, 2008 at 12:21 AM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 57



Article posted November 21, 2008 at 03:08 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 59

Mickey Mouse turned 80 on November 18, 2008. there were fans there, old and young. They came up with the name because his wife made it for him. Mickey was introduced the world in 1928.

This was a big deal for his fans. They gave him a new look. The new look was leather white gloves and a leather jacketa. Back then this was a big deal for not just Mickey’s fans. But it was a big deal for other people. It was a big hit back then because a lot of people saw it.



I think that Mickey mouse is a big deal.



Article posted November 21, 2008 at 03:08 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 59



Article posted November 21, 2008 at 03:45 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 65

One day there was a boy named R.L.Stine. He was walking to school with his friends.

R.L.Stine said that school is boring.

So instead of R.L.Stine going to school and working, he made funny math.



school days 1



When he put the funny math on the hallway wall everyone started to laugh at him.



school days 2



When the bell rang his teacher started to yell at him.

Then his teacher didn’t have the time to yell at him, so his teacher sent him to the principal's office.

She said, “Are you stupid?”

"No,” said R.L.Stine.



school days3



When he went home he went to the police officer and told them that his teacher called him stupid.

So the cops arrested his principal.



school days 4

Article posted November 21, 2008 at 03:45 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 65



Article posted December 11, 2008 at 07:06 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 56

luigi2power

Article posted December 11, 2008 at 07:06 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 56



Article posted December 12, 2008 at 03:36 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 79

This story is about a walrus that plays the flute. He is really good. A man and him played to win a golden flute. The walrus played the best and won the golden flute. They tell him to play it again, and the walrus did really play it the best. So then instead of one golden flute they gave him three more.



[LINK]





Article posted December 12, 2008 at 03:36 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 79



Article posted January 13, 2009 at 08:28 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 60

the adventers of marco and polo1

the adventers of marco and polo2

the adventers of marco and polo3

the adventers of marco and polo4

the adventers of marco and polo5

the adventers of marco and polo6

the adventers of marco and polo7

the adventers of marco and polo8

the adventers of marco and polo9

the adventers of marco and polo10

the adventers of marco and polo11

the adventers of marco and polo12

the adventers of marco and polo13

the adventers of marco and polo14

the adventers of marco and polo15

Article posted January 13, 2009 at 08:28 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 60



Article posted January 23, 2009 at 11:06 PM GMT0 • comment • Reads 72

weather1

weather2

weather3

weather4

weather5

weather6

weather7

weather8

Article posted January 23, 2009 at 11:06 PM GMT0 • comment • Reads 72



Article posted February 5, 2009 at 03:42 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 73

Some football players were having a party because they won the Super Bowl. They were celebrating the Super Bowl. Do you think they ate junk food or healthy food? Well, if you guessed that they ate healthy food you guessed right. And if you guessed that they ate junk food you also guessed right. Because they ate pizza, but not the one with all that grease. They ate the one with carrots, peas, and especially the ones with corn and tomato. And they ate guacamole with corn chips.



I think this is a good idea. Because they have to be healthy so they can be in good shape so they play in their games.





Article posted February 5, 2009 at 03:42 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 73



Article posted April 28, 2009 at 03:03 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 57

mihgty man 1



mighty man2

Article posted April 28, 2009 at 03:03 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 57



Article posted May 14, 2009 at 03:32 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 71


Survey Results - GlowDay.com

Article posted May 14, 2009 at 03:32 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 71



Article posted May 5, 2009 at 03:08 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 87

In this video there are deer, rabbits, moles, birds and other animals singing to have a merry Xmas. If you want to see the animals singing, see this video.



[LINK]





Article posted May 5, 2009 at 03:08 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 87



Article posted May 21, 2009 at 06:57 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 83

pet raccon

Article posted May 21, 2009 at 06:57 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 83



Article posted May 15, 2009 at 02:47 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 83

This fox got his head stuck in a jar while getting an afternoon snack. He tried to lick the jar clean. He was on this woman’s lawn and she came out and saw him there. Then she got him and put him a box to take care of him. She tried to get the jar off his head and it didn’t come off.



Article posted May 15, 2009 at 02:47 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 83



Article posted May 29, 2009 at 02:58 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 83

codebase="http://fpdownload.macromedia.com/get/flashplayer/current/swflash.cab">
Get This - Survey Results - GlowDay.com

Article posted May 29, 2009 at 02:58 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 83



Article posted September 12, 2008 at 02:44 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 54

The first day of 1st grade I wasn’t so exited. I was nervous because I didn’t know anybody in my class. I told my mom that I didn’t want to go to school. But she took me anyways. I was so nervous but my mom said, ”Don’t be nervous. There’s a lot of kids to play with.”



I said,” It’s not that. It’s that I’m afraid that nobody would want to be my friend because I’m new.”



“Don’t worry.”



When I got to school everybody just stared at me, but I didn’t pay any attention to them. I didn’t want to go in, but then my mom finally made me go inside. The first person that showed me around and played with me was Luis. Then we became friends. We played all day. I didn’t feel all alone any more. My mom said that I didn’t have to go if I didn’t want to. But I told her that I wanted to stay because I made a new friend.



Two days later I made three more friends. The next day I had to go to the bathroom, but I still didn’t know the whole school yet so when I went to the bathroom I got lost. I did not know where I was so I asked a teacher. She took me to my classroom. A week later I was like a normal kid. It was like I wasn’t new anymore. Then everybody wanted to be my friend.

Article posted September 12, 2008 at 02:44 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 54



Article posted October 31, 2008 at 02:51 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 56

A spa offers snake massages. A person calls the spa and tells them that she wants to take the snake massage. The massage contains a combination of Florida and California king snakes, corn snakes, and milk snakes. Those three snakes are non poisonous.



I think that if I took that massage I would get a little worried that the snakes might bight me. But if they give me a great massage then it was worth it.



[LINK]

Article posted October 31, 2008 at 02:51 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 56



Article posted January 23, 2009 at 02:53 PM GMT0 • comment (5) • Reads 47

weather1

weather2

weather3

weather4

weather5

weather6

weather7

weather8

Article posted January 23, 2009 at 02:53 PM GMT0 • comment (5) • Reads 47



Article posted December 11, 2008 at 07:11 PM GMT0 • comment (5) • Reads 58

locust117

Article posted December 11, 2008 at 07:11 PM GMT0 • comment (5) • Reads 58



Article posted February 5, 2009 at 07:11 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 46

A car was voted the fastest car in the world. It goes up to 257 mph, and it also looks cool. They say that there’s going to be an official copy of that car except it's going to produce 1000 horse power and go from 0 to 60 mph in an astonishing 2.5 seconds. The TESLA has a 250 horse power and it takes that car 3.9 seconds to get the same speed as the Aero so that proves that the Aero is the fastest car in the world.



I think that’s amazing, 257 mph! The fastest roller coaster in the world goes up to 135 mph, and it's super fast. I wonder how extremely fast the AERO EV must go.





Article posted February 5, 2009 at 07:11 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 46



Article posted March 19, 2009 at 07:24 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 57

racoon

Article posted March 19, 2009 at 07:24 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 57



Article posted April 2, 2009 at 07:21 PM GMT0 • comment (7) • Reads 53

mighty man 1

mighty man 2

mighty man 3
mighty man 4

mighty man 5

mighty man 6

mighty man 7

Article posted April 2, 2009 at 07:21 PM GMT0 • comment (7) • Reads 53



Article posted May 4, 2009 at 03:24 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 96

1. Safety

You always have to wear a helmet and pads. Also, when you go to the skate shop make sure the person that’s fixing your board knows what he’s talking about.





2. Practice Riding Straight

Practice riding straight before you move into doing tricks. Make sure you're comfortable with riding your skate board. Make sure you don’t lean too far back or else you will fall. Also make sure you keep your balance.





3. Practice Turning

Practice Turning after you're comfortable with your riding. You can move on into turning. The key to turning is to just lean sideways, but don’t lean too far or else you will fall.





Tricks I know

1. Ollie

An Ollie is the key to almost every trick. Don’t get frustrated because it's one of the hardest tricks to learn. What you want to do is pop your board then slide your foot up and then land it.





Tricks I'm Working On



1. KickFlip

This is a trick I'm working on. It is a version of an Ollie but it's harder.





2. Shove It

It's a little bit easy. All you have to do is pop the back and turn it to the other side.


Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted May 4, 2009 at 03:24 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 96



Article posted May 13, 2009 at 03:19 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 80


Get This - Survey Results - GlowDay.com

Article posted May 13, 2009 at 03:19 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 80



Article posted May 14, 2009 at 03:37 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 83


Get This -

Article posted May 14, 2009 at 03:37 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 83



Article posted September 15, 2008 at 02:39 PM GMT0 • comment (9) • Reads 58

Once upon a time there was this very spoiled princess. She always wanted, wanted, and wanted and never gave anything.



One day her father said, “Princess Courtney, you're going to need to go to Public School."



"What!" Princess Courtney screamed so loud that the teacher at the public school said,”That’s Princess Courtney. Your grades are down so badly that if you want to be the Queen you’re going to go to school." So of course Princess Courtney went to PUBLIC SCHOOL.



When Princess Courtney got to school nobody said Hi or even looked at her so she snapped her fingers to get her servants but nobody came. OW, that made her mad, so really, extremely mad that she went right to the principal's office and said, “Does this stupid school not know who I am and where are my servants?! That’s it, I’M getting Daddy.”





“I’m afraid you can’t do that Courtney,” said the principal.



“That’s Princess Courtney to you and why not?"



”Well, the teacher said your father specifically stated that he didn’t want to hear from you during the day and you're going to have to suck it up.”



”Suck it up?! OW, you’ll pay for this. You’ll all pay for this!”



That night Princess Courtney talked with her father and she screamed and kicked so much that the king had to have guards come and lock her in her room.



The next morning the king said that she was going to stay with her grandmother in her cottage and she would not be let back until she had learned respect and responsibility. So of course Courtney had to obey her father’s commands and she headed of to her grandmother's.



When she finally got there she sat right down and got comfortable. She thought she was going to be there all day because it was a Saturday. As soon as she got comfortable her grandmother came and said, “Come on, you have a lot of work to do.”



”No!” said Courtney. But Courtney said that forgetting something. You see her grandmother had this paddle and whenever Courtney acted up she would say, "1,2,3" and make a fake swing towards Courtney. That would shake her up and she would do whatever work she had to do. But of course her grandmother never really hit her.



Then Courtney stood up and said “Fine.” So Courtney raked the lawn, painted the fence, mowed the lawn, cleaned her grandmothers’ rooster pen, and finally cut the branches off the tree. She did that all until sundown. But the worst part about it was that her grandmother was sitting there in her lounge chair all day doing nothing. After that day Courtney sleept like a baby that night. The next day Courtney did the same thing, all tasks she didn’t want do.



Monday, when Courtney had to go to school, she was calm and didn’t raise her voice once. During school she was perfect too. After one month of being at her grandmother's she was perfect. She never yelled, screamed, or hollered. She was the perfect princess.



On November twelfth something really strange happened. She was walking home from school with her friends. When she got home she went to go find her grandmother as usual. As soon as she walked outside and said hello, she flew up into the air, spun really fast, came down in this beautiful dress, and turned into a true princess. Of course her grandmothers knew that this would happen. So the next day she returned to the castle and was the Perfect Princess and also the Perfect Queen.



THE END

Article posted September 15, 2008 at 02:39 PM GMT0 • comment (9) • Reads 58



Article posted October 2, 2008 at 06:00 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 66

music girl rocks

Article posted October 2, 2008 at 06:00 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 66



Article posted October 17, 2008 at 03:23 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 64

This is awesome! Your dog or cat can get better treatment then you would if you were to go to a hotel. The Wag Hotel is the place to bring your pet if you're going away. Just a regular room comes with two meals a day and group play. If you're willing to pay a little bit more, your dog can have a little suite and have a plasma screen TV and a lot more stuff.



I think that’s so cool that there’s a hotel for dogs. I would love to stay there if I was a dog. It’s just like a regular hotel or motel except there isn’t a dog running the place. Or is there?

http://www.dogonews.com/2007/11/12/need-a-place-for-your-pet-this-thanksgiving-check-him-in-at-the-wag-hotel

Article posted October 17, 2008 at 03:23 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 64



Article posted November 6, 2008 at 03:08 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 65

Winter's a drag

could it be worse.

The only good thing is that I’m out of my dress.

What a mess.

Article posted November 6, 2008 at 03:08 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 65



Article posted November 6, 2008 at 03:15 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 68

11/4/08



Barack Obama won Mamaroneck Avenue School mock election





I just got the scoop this afternoon. Mrs.Amon, our school principal, announced on the loud speaker that Barack Obama won the school mock election.



Barack Obama got 507 votes and John McCain got 160 votes.



The word is being immediately sent to Barack Obama that he won the Mamaroneck Avenue School mock election.



Don’t forget to vote for the new president of the United States tomorrow November 4th.



Published By Musicgirl

Article posted November 6, 2008 at 03:15 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 68



Article posted November 18, 2008 at 05:35 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 73

Mamaroneck Avenue School Turkey Trot



Come join the Mamaroneck Avenue School Turkey Trot this Sunday, November 23, 2008. There will be a one mile race for kids under twelve and a five mile race for everyone. If you’re interested in doing the MAS Turkey Trot be at Harbor Island at 9:00 Sunday morning. Forms are due Wednesday. And have fun running!



Published by Musicgirl



Article posted November 18, 2008 at 05:35 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 73



Article posted November 18, 2008 at 06:00 PM GMT0 • comment (5) • Reads 100

This is my soccer picture from the 2008 girl’s junior soccer league. I love this picture!



soccer picture



This is my soccer trophy from the 2008 junior soccer league. I love it. My favorite part of it is the way the person is kicking the soccer ball laying down!



soccer trophy

Article posted November 18, 2008 at 06:00 PM GMT0 • comment (5) • Reads 100



Article posted November 19, 2008 at 02:53 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 73

Wow, what a parrot! He saved the life of a two year old girl. Willie a Quaker Parrot saved Hannah from choking on a piece of poptart. Hannah’s babysitter gave Hannah a poptart and went to go to the restroom. Then the babysitter, Meagan, came rushing out of the bathroom. When she heard the parrot yelling, ”Mama, Baby” over and over again and flapping his wings Meagan came rushing out of the bathroom.



What a lucky baby! She could have died. That bird is really cool I wish I had one like that. I wonder where Willie learned to say that? I guess he just picked it up from TV or whatever. I just wonder about all the things he could say.



Read more at:

http://www.dogonews.com/2008/11/14/this-parrot-is-no-bird-brain



Article posted November 19, 2008 at 02:53 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 73



Article posted November 19, 2008 at 03:38 PM GMT0 • comment (7) • Reads 68

Hi, I’m Musicgirl and I’m reporting on Uggs. These are the most popular boots of 2008. Everyone is wearing them. I’m even wearing them. They have Ugg everything. They have Ugg slippers, purses, moccasins, and much, much more! I think the Ugg boots are the most popular right now but who knows tomorrow? Everybody could be wearing the Ugg slippers? Who knows?



This is Musicgirl saying have a nice day. And maybe count all the Ugg products you see.



Article posted November 19, 2008 at 03:38 PM GMT0 • comment (7) • Reads 68



Article posted January 8, 2009 at 09:55 PM GMT0 • comment (5) • Reads 83

Mamaroneck Avenue School Newspaper

Cheergirl98 cut her hair for Locks Of Love.



Cheergirl98 was a very generous girl for giving 8 to 9 inches of her hair for Locks Of Love.



I personally think that that was a wonderful thing to do. I’ve always wanted to do Locks Of Love, but I haven’t grown my hair out long enough yet. For those who don’t know what Locks of Love is, it’s for kids and adults who have lost their hair from having cheomo therapy, a treatment for Cancer.



One more thanks to Cheergirl98!



And to all of you who are reading this newspaper have a good day.



Published By,

Musicgirl

Article posted January 8, 2009 at 09:55 PM GMT0 • comment (5) • Reads 83



Article posted January 29, 2009 at 05:37 PM GMT0 • comment (7) • Reads 75

Lyrics by Miley Cyrus

Sung by MusicGirl (click on "podcast" link below.)



It's six A.M. and I'm wide awake

Cause I can't stop thinking

About the stuff you were saying to me

And I can't let it slide

The paper's not here yet the sun's not up

But I'm not afraid to tell you what I feel inside

I had one of those dreams that makes it all so



Clear to me now

I got a whole new perspective

It's so Clear to me now

You can't treat me that way

It appears to me

How long you tried to make me think it was me

Who was being the fake

So Clear



Why did I smile when I hurt inside

Said I was okay when I knew it's a lie

I wanted to believe in you

You took your chances and one was me

So I'll just forgive you and set you free

I'm on my way

Yeah I'm stepping out of the haze and its so



[Chorus]



I wanna put the past behind

Try and maybe I can find better days

First time in a while

I think I even feel a smile on my face



[Chorus]



Sun's going down on a Saturday

And I feel all right and I feel OK


Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted January 29, 2009 at 05:37 PM GMT0 • comment (7) • Reads 75



Article posted March 11, 2009 at 11:14 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 80

Here is a story I wrote last year in fourth grade, so enjoy!



Once there was a old ragged hag who lived in a house. It was a big house, and it was all the way in Canada. Nobody lived near her for miles. Her name was Jubiba.



Jubiba had a beautiful garden. Once it had rows and rows of flowers and adorable birds singing. But one day after another she stooped caring for it, and it overgrew and looked like a jungle. The only thing nice in her garden was a pumpkin patch.



You see, Jubiba wasn’t a pleasant women, but she once was. By having pumpkins she thought they would scare away the good spirits and bring in the bad.



Jubiba made concoctions outside. One day Jubiba split one of her concoctions on a pumpkin. Jubiba didn’t notice the pumpkin glowed. Jubiba said in her scariest voice, “I’ll make a pumpkin pie.” Then she picked up the pumpkin, and it started glowing even more. She didn’t care that it was glowing, so she brought the pumpkin into the kitchen and when she put the knife closer and closer it glowed even more. But just when Jubiba was about to cut it. . .BOOM! The pumpkin had exploded and there was a lot of goo but no Jubiba. Nobody knows where she went.



One week later the house disappeared and all you could see was trees and a big pile of pumpkin goo.



What will happen next?



This is a made up story so it’s OK, you can still eat pumpkin pie and carve pumpkins at Halloween time.



By,

Musicgirl

Article posted March 11, 2009 at 11:14 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 80



Article posted March 24, 2009 at 05:43 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 70

Happy St. Patrick’s Day everyone! I’m here to tell you about a St. Patrick’s Day tradition at MAS. (Well as long as I’ve been in school (six years) they've had it.) It's Irish Step Dancing. It's a traditional Irish dance. At our school they go up on the stage and dance. I love to hear the sound of their feet on the stage. It shakes the auditorium.



I am going to ask a bystander what they like the best about Irish Step Dancing. The bystander said that she likes “the outfits and the music.”



So that’s all for now and to whoever is reading this newspaper, have a wonderful St. Patrick’s Day!



Published by,

Musicgirl



Article posted March 24, 2009 at 05:43 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 70



Article posted April 27, 2009 at 03:05 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 61

(Boat honks)



Holly: We’re stuck on an island!



Molly: I can’t believe dad did this to us.



Holly: Without any credit cards or cell phones and no clothes except the ones we have on.



Molly: We’re going to be stuck here forever!



Holly: AHHHHHHHHHHHH=http://=http://=http://=http://



Molly: Oh my gosh…I’m starving!!!!



Holly: I’m starving too. Where are the restaurants?



Molly: And the mall?



(Two minutes pass.)



Holly: Molly, how long have we been walking?



Molly: I don’t know, but it feels like forever.



Holly: Look, there’s a guy.



Molly: Maybe he knows how we can get back to New York City.



Holly: Let’s go ask him.



(Walks toward native guy.)



Molly: Hey, guy over there!



Holly: Where’s the airport? And when’s the next flight to New York City?



(He stares at us.)



Native Guy: ungha.



Molly: Holly, I don’t think this guy speaks English.



Holly: Me neither, but I think we need to translate.



Molly: Okay, but how?



Holly: Um…maybe we can act it out?



Molly: Okay, but I bet you this guy doesn’t have a clue about New York City.



Holly: Well, it’s worth a try.



(Molly and Holly act out going on a plane to New York City and what New York City looks like.)



Molly: Uh, this will never work.



Native guy (pointing to the trees): shakika unga ziku



Holly: Do you speak English?



Native Guy: Yeah.



Molly: Holly, can you believe this?



Holly: No, I don’t.



Native Guy: I think you two just missed your flight to New York City. There won’t be another one until next year.



Molly And Holly: AHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!

Article posted April 27, 2009 at 03:05 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 61



Article posted May 13, 2009 at 03:31 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 74

Luna's future diary

Luna's future diary 2

Article posted May 13, 2009 at 03:31 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 74



Article posted May 13, 2009 at 03:47 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 74


Survey Results - GlowDay.com

Article posted May 13, 2009 at 03:47 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 74



Article posted May 26, 2009 at 02:43 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 72

Hello everybody who's reading this! I’m going to tell you something very special I got to do yesterday. I got to help the preschoolers build bird houses. And let me tell you, it wasn’t that easy. You had to hammer the nails into the houses and then paint them. You would have thought hammering was easy. But it really wasn’t. The nails kept coming out. And I was also helping the other kids at the table with me. Then once the clock hit 9:45 the kids had to go to gym ,so once they left I repainted the birdhouse, washed my hands and, left to go back to my classroom. The teacher baked us a cake and cut it into little squares. That was to thank us. Wasn’t that nice!





www.flickr.com













Article posted May 26, 2009 at 02:43 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 72



Article posted May 27, 2009 at 07:15 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 257

[Editor's note: After reading a book, students are invited to compose an Accelerated Reader (AR) quiz. The quiz is added to the school's computer database of AR quizzes and other students are invited to take the quiz and earn points towards prizes! The answers for this quiz have not been revealed in case someone wants to take the quiz.]



What was the new babysitter’s name?

A. Nola

B. Lily

C. Jennifer

D. Teresa



2. What amusement park were Kaitlyn and her friends saving money for?

A. Six Flags Great Adventure

B. Rye Playland

C. Wonder World

D. Fun Time



3. What was so special about the dress Liesel was going to wear to the art show?

A. Britney Spears wore it.

B. It was made of real leather

C. Liesel’s great grandmother made the dress.

D. Liesel’s mom wore it to her first art show.



4. What was the name of the boy who was in Kaitlyn’s Spanish class that sat in the front of her?

A. Jake

B. Topher

C. Jessie

D. Thomas



5. What sickness did all the parents Kaitlyn babysat for think she had?

A. Strep throat

B. The Chicken Pox

C. Ring Worm

D. Mono



6. On Kaitlyn’s first flyer what did she say she would do if she babysat for you?

A. Clean your house.

B. Stay over night.

C. Work for five dollars an hour.

D. Work for over seven hours.



7. Who did Kaitlyn see at the park when she was babysitting Troy Arnold?

A. Maggie

B. Liesel

C. Nola

D. Mrs.Brown



8. Where was Liesel’s art show?

A. Boston

B. New York City

C. New Zealand

D. Maryland



9. When Kaitlyn was grounded who did she get a call from to babysit?

A. The Browns

B. The Arnolds

C. The Nichols

D. The Marshfield’s



10. When Kaitlyn, Maggie, and Liesel were in Kaitlyn’s kitchen eating cherry popsicles who called?

A. Nola

B. The Marshfield’s

C. Topher

D. Kaitlyn’s Grandmother

Article posted May 27, 2009 at 07:15 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 257



Article posted June 4, 2009 at 11:35 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 93

Today I started a volleyball clinic at Central School. Lucky for me, one my friends was sthere so I wasn’t the only one from my school. After I got there, the coaches were saying how not to where jewelry and that you should try to where spandex or shorts so that you can put the knee pads on easily. Next, she introduced a girl who plays on the high school volleyball team. Next, we stretched and learned what ready position is. Then we learned how to set up for a bump. (That’s when you hit the ball with your forearms.) Then we did a few drills. And then the coaches started showing us how to serve. At first they told us to let the ball bounce, and then one of the coaches came up to me and my friend and said that we should try hitting the ball. So we did that until the coaches said to come and sit near them. Then they reviewed what they learned today, and then it was time to go. After what I did today, I can’t wait to go tomorrow.

Article posted June 4, 2009 at 11:35 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 93



Article posted June 5, 2009 at 02:51 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 67

lunasfuturediarypart2

lunasfuterdiarypart2page2



lunasfuturediarypart2page3



Article posted June 5, 2009 at 02:51 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 67



Article posted June 8, 2009 at 03:16 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 68


Survey Results - GlowDay.com

Article posted June 8, 2009 at 03:16 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 68



Article posted September 16, 2008 at 06:46 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 90

There once was a mermaid swimming for a long time. She was looking for her family. But instead she found a stranger and made friends with her. They became the best friends ever. She was also looking for her family. So they both started looking together, but they did not find their families.



They went to a place with a lot of fish that don’t like mermaids. But they had to go there because that was the sortcut to Mermaid World where they could find their families.



Finally they got there. They were so happy to see their family again. It took a long time to find their family because Mermaid World is so big. Then right in front of them was their family. They were so happy to see them again. And their family was happy to see them again. They all lived happily ever after.



The End!

Article posted September 16, 2008 at 06:46 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 90



Article posted September 18, 2008 at 02:24 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 65

There once was a bunny looking for food so she could take it to her family. She walked for a long time. When she saw there was a lot of food, she got a lot and brought it back to her family. She kept coming back to get more. Then one day when she came to get more food there was no more because people were cutting it down. So the poor little bunny went back home and told her family what was happening. The bunny told them she was going to go far away just to go find food. So the little said bye and left. The bunny walked for a long time. A day had passed and she still she had not found food. The bunny was walking for the second day and had still not found food. The bunny went back to her family. She walked for two day. Finally she got there. Her family was so proud of her. Now if they want food they know who to ask. Thanks to the little bunny, her family will never be hungry.



The End!!!

Article posted September 18, 2008 at 02:24 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 65



Article posted September 23, 2008 at 03:25 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 65

There once was a girl and a and a boy. They were twins. They were in the same class. The teacher always got them wrong. Their friends got them wrong too. Even their parents got them wrong. The only persons that didn’t get them wrong was theirselves.



Years passed and there parents died. The twins did not live together any more. They got married, and had kids.



Ten years passed. They still had not looked at each other. One year later they both were walking in the same street and they bumped. They both said sorry and then they realised they knew the other's voice. They both looked at each other. They were so happy they took each other to meet their family.



Soon they bought a big house so both of their families could live there. They were so happy that both rheir families are living together.



They lived happily ever after.



The End!

Article posted September 23, 2008 at 03:25 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 65



Article posted September 24, 2008 at 03:45 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 64

There once was a was a girl named Wanda. She had just woken up. She had to go to school. She did not want to go school, but her mom kept calling her to hurry up so she wouldn't be late for school. But she did not listen. So her mom got mad, went up to her room, and told her that if she did not wake up she was going to leave without her. She didn’t listen. So her mom left without her. Then she woke up, and she was already dressed with the clothes that her mom did not aloud her to wear. But she did not care. She did her bed and left to school. Her friends were wearing the same thing. They were all wearing a short skirt with a short tank top that shows their bellies. They asked Wanda how she was going to get home without her mom looking at her. Her friend Star thought of a idea but Wanda had to go to Star's house. After school she went to Star's house. She had an outfit that was Wanda’s. Wanda forgot it at her house when they had a sleepover. So Wanda put on the clothes that she hates. When she was done she left. When she got to her house there was noone there. She wants upstairs and noone was there either. Wanda took off the clothes she didn't like. She ate some cereal, and then she went to her friend’s house. Wanda called the house but noone answered. Wanda want back home. When she got there her family was there. They yelled "surprise!" because it was her brithday. Wanda forgot about her birthday. To celebrate they went out to eat. Wanda asked her mom why was she not in the house. Wanda’s mom told her they were buying stuff for her birthday. And they all were happy.



The End!

Article posted September 24, 2008 at 03:45 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 64



Article posted September 25, 2008 at 03:10 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 88

There was a girl who was a good soccer player. People thought that she was the best soccer player in the school. She entered every soccer team. She even entered a club that was just guy soccer. She was in love with soccer.



Years passed. She was going to be in a soccer team for girls. She was famous in two years. People from all over the world heard about her. She had to leave her family, but she came back each mouth. She was famous and so was her family. They were so happy for her.



The End!

Article posted September 25, 2008 at 03:10 PM GMT0 • comment (4) • Reads 88



Article posted November 5, 2008 at 03:14 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 68

There once was a boy named Charlie. He liked to ride his bike without a helmet. One day he was riding. He braked and fall off because one wheel almost fell. He was not wearing his knee pads or his elbow pads or his helmet. He got so hurt that when his parents tried to wipe off the blood it wouldn't stop

bleeding. So they went to the hospital.



The doctors told the parents that he was going to need stitches. The doctors got ready to put stitches on him. It took at least one hour for them to put the stitches on him because they had to putt them in both elbows and on the head.



After the stitches were done, Charlie woke up. He was not feeling so well. Then he saw his parents. He asked them what happened. His parents told him that he fall off his bike when he was riding it. He asked how did he fall off his bike. His parents told him that his wheel was loose and it fall off. They tried to wipe off the blood, but it would not stop bleeding. So they toke him to the hospital.



The doctors told him he was going to be out of the hospital in a week. All the kids of his class made him a "fell better" card. Charlie’s friend came over to visit him in the hospital. Charlie was happy that some one came and visited him.



So now when he is going to ride a bike, he has to have a helmet.



The End!

Article posted November 5, 2008 at 03:14 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 68



Article posted November 13, 2008 at 11:52 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 58

There’s a robot that can play the flute just like me. But the only problem is that the robot can play the flute better than I can. It goes so fast that if I try to go that fast I will probably run out of breath. The robot has better lungs than the humans have. It can hold its breath for at least a hour.



That is the coolest robot I have ever seen. I wish that I can have a robot that can help me play the flute exactly as the robot. Then I can be as good as the robot.

Article posted November 13, 2008 at 11:52 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 58



Article posted November 19, 2008 at 12:05 AM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 61

There once was a girl named Ella, and she worked for the queen. The queen of England told her to wipe the floor and clean her room. The queen's room was so big that Ella could not be done fast enough. The queen also told Ella to do the dishes, clean the table, do all the laundry, and to do everything else in the house. Ella did not want to do all this but she had to if she wanted to go to art school.



That had been Ella's dream for a long time. So she did the work. Ella even wiped the shiny stairs so they would look even shinier when people came. Ella did to want people to say that the house looked dirty, so she wanted to clean the stairs.



The queen told Ella to get into a dress the queen was going to give her. Ella put on the dress. A few hours later the people for the party stared to come.



There were all the queens and the princesses. The party began and the food was served. A few minutes later, Ella was serving the food. Everybody sat down. When the queen came in everybody stood up so they would be polite to the queen. Before the queen sat down she told everybody to set down. They all sat down at the time. Everybody was done and they all had fun. A few hours later the party was done, and it was all back to normal.



The next day the mailman came and gave Ella a letter that was just for her. It said the she was invited to a ball. It also said that the ball was going to be in one hour. Ella went to go put on the dress the queen had given her. When she was done putting on her dress she went outside because she was going to go walking. But once she got out, there was a carriage waiting for her to take her to the ball. She got on and left.



When she got there there was a lot if people. A few hours later she was going to leave, but before she could step out the prince asked her if she wanted to marry him. Ella said yes.



A few weeks later the price and Ella got married. And Ella never had to work for the queen ever again.



THE END

Article posted November 19, 2008 at 12:05 AM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 61



Article posted January 20, 2009 at 07:05 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 48

This article is about the biggest crossword puzzle ever. There is a building about 100ft tall, and it has a cross word puzzle on it. It is 19 square across and 34 squares down. Now that is cool!!



[LINK]



I think that is the coolest building I have ever heard or seen in my whole life. I wish that I could do something like that.

Article posted January 20, 2009 at 07:05 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 48



Article posted January 21, 2009 at 02:56 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 62

This is about a chimpanzee who tries to walk on stilts. This chimpanzee is trying to climb on the stilts and tries to walk on them.







It is so cool how a chimpanzee tries to walk on stilts and tries to climb on them. The chimpanzee keeps on trying and finally the chimpanzee makes it on the top and starts walking.



http://www.dogonews.com/2009/01/19/video-of-the-week-chimpanzee-on-stilts

Article posted January 21, 2009 at 02:56 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 62



Article posted January 21, 2009 at 03:04 PM GMT0 • comment • Reads 58

shorty11

Article posted January 21, 2009 at 03:04 PM GMT0 • comment • Reads 58



Article posted January 21, 2009 at 03:27 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 60

Barack Obama is president of the United States of America. That is so cool.











http://www.dogonews.com/2009/01/20/malia-and-sashas-day-before-the-inauguration

Article posted January 21, 2009 at 03:27 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 60



Article posted January 23, 2009 at 06:00 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 64

Lyrics by by Selena Gomez

Sung by Shorty11, SuperStar9, and MoneyInTheBank



Everybody tells me that

It's so hard to make it

It's so hard to break in

There's no way to fake it

Everybody tells me that it's wrong what i'm feeling

I shouldn't believe in

The dreams that I'm dreaming



I hear it everyday

I hear it all the time

I'm never gonna amount to much

But they're never gonna change my mind

Oh!



Tell me, tell me, tell me something I don't know

Something I don't know, something I don't know

Tell me, tell me, tell me something I don't know

Something I don't know, something I don't know



How many inches in a mile

What it takes to make you smile

Getcha not to treat me like a child, baby



Tell me, tell me, tell me something I don't know

Something I don't know, something I don't know



Tell me, tell me something I don't know

Tell me, tell me something I don't know



Everybody tells me

I don't know what I'm doing

This life I'm pursuing

The odds I'll be losing

Everybody tells me that

It's one in a million

More like one in billion or

one in a zillion



I hear it everyday

I hear it all the time

I'm never gonna amount to much

But they're never gonna change my mind, oh



Tell me, tell me, tell me something I don't know

Something I don't know, something I don't know

Tell me, tell me, tell me something I don't know

Something I don't know, something I don't know



How many inches in a mile

What it takes to make you smile

Getcha not to treat me like a child, baby



Tell me, tell me, tell me something I don't know

Something I don't know, something I don't know



So here's the track

Like Catrina makes a

wish Medina

Make em say 'I'm ready'



Are you ready for it

SELENA:Yeah I'm ready for it

Really ready for it?

sELENA:Yeah I'm ready for it

Let's get ready for it



I'm on my way

I know I'm gonna get there someday

It doesn't help when you say

It won't be easy



Tell me, tell me, tell me something I don't know

Something I don't know, something I don't know

Tell me, tell me, tell me something I don't know

Something I don't know, something I don't know



How many inches in a mile What it takes to make you smile

Getcha not to treat me like a child, baby



Tell me, tell me, tell me something I don't know

Something I don't know, something I don't know

Tell me, tell me, tell me something I don't know

Something I don't know, something I don't know

Tell me, tell me, tell me something I don't know

Something I don't know, something I don't know



How many inches in a mile

What it takes to make you smile

Getcha not to treat me like a child, baby



Tell me, tell me, tell me something I don't know

Something I don't know, something I don't know




Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted January 23, 2009 at 06:00 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 64



Article posted February 2, 2009 at 03:10 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 63

Lyrics by Joe Jonas

Sung by HolibackGurl42 and Shorty11



If the heart is always searching,

Can you ever find a home?

I've been looking for that someone;

I'll never make it on my own.

Dreams can't take the place of loving you,

There's gotta be a million reasons why it's true



When you look me in the eyes,

And tell me that you love me.

Everything's alright,

when you're right here by my side.

When you look me in the eyes,

I catch a glimpse of heaven.

I find my paradise,

when you look me in the eyes.



How long will I be waiting,

To be with you again

Gonna tell you that I love you,

In the best way that I can.

I can't take a day without you here,

You're the light that makes my darkness disappear.



When you look me in the eyes,

and tell me that you love me.

Everything's alright,

when you're right here by my side.

When you look me in the eyes,

I catch a glimpse of heaven.

I find my paradise,

when you look me in the eyes.



More and more, I start to realize,

I can reach my tomorrow,

I can hold my head high,

and it's all because you're by my side.



When you look me in the eyes,

and tell me that you love me.

Everything's alright,

when you're right here by my side.

When I hold you in my arms

I know that it's forever

I just gotta let you know

I never wanna let you go



Cause when you look me in the eyes.



And tell me that you love me.

Everything's alright,

when you're right here by my side.

When you look me in the eyes,

I catch a glimpse of heaven.

I find my paradise,

when you look me in the eyes.

Oh


Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted February 2, 2009 at 03:10 PM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 63



Article posted February 10, 2009 at 01:51 AM GMT0 • comment • Reads 64

Lyrics by Prima J



(Oooh) tell me what you think you're lookin at,

(Noo) so I think I'm Queen Elizabeth,

(Oooh) and now I'm stuck inside your memory,

(So) that's why it's so hard to get rid of me



I'm incredible, so unforgettable,

So no one can take my place

I'm unbreakable, highly flammable,

So girl get out my face



Oh my god I'm going crazy

Maybe 'cuz we're so amazing

Everybody in there dazin'

That's the reason why they're hatin',

Treat us like some superstars

And only cuz that's what we are

You know we're going really far

And y'all ain't even heard it all



You hate cuz I'm a rockstar, a rockstar,

A pretty little problem, uh-huh,

You hate cuz I'm a rockstar, a rockstar,

A pretty little problem, uh-huh,

You hate me cuz I'm everything that you ever wanted to be

And that I'm lying cuz I love it when you lookin at me

Cuz I'm a rockstar, a rockstar,

I said that I'm a rockstar, a rockstar,

(Keep lookin at me)



(Wow) It seems to me like I was botherin'

(How) cuz I make walkin look like modelin

(How) it ain't my fault the boys keep followin'

(Wow) if you were better he wouldn't be wonderin'



I'm incredible, so unforgettable,

So no one can take my place,

I'm unbreakable, highly flammable,

So girl get out my face



Oh my god I'm going crazy

Maybe 'cuz I'm so amazing

Everybody in there dazin'

That's the reason why they're hatin'

Treat us like some superstars

And only cuz that's what we are

You know we're going really far

And y'all ain't even heard it all



You hate cuz I'm a rockstar, a rockstar,

A pretty little problem, uh-huh,

You hate cuz I'm a rockstar, a rockstar,

A pretty little problem, uh-huh

You hate me cuz I'm everything that you ever wanted to be

And that I'm lying cuz I love it when you lookin at me

Cuz I'm a rockstar, a rockstar,

I said that I'm a rockstar, a rockstar,



(Ladies)



We're Prima J you know it

We're not afraid to show it

We hold our crown and that's why

It can't stop us now

The cloud we're on is golden

They can't fix what's not broken

Don't act like y'all don't know

What's bout to happen now



You hate cuz I'm a rockstar, a rockstar,

A pretty little problem uh-huh,

You hate cuz I'm a rockstar, a rockstar,

A pretty little problem uh-huh

You hate me cuz I'm everything that you ever wanted to be

And I don't mind cuz I love it when you lookin at me

Cuz I'm a rockstar, a rockstar,

I said that I'm a rockstar, a rockstar,



You hate cuz I'm a rockstar, a rockstar,

A pretty little problem uh-huh,

You hate cuz I'm a rockstar, a rockstar,

A pretty little problem uh-huh

You hate me cuz I'm everything that you ever wanted to be

And that I'm lying cuz I love it when you lookin at me

Cuz I'm a rockstar, a rockstar,

I said that I'm a rockstar, a rockstar,

(Keep lookin at me)



Why don't you take a picture? It'll last longer

Article posted February 10, 2009 at 01:51 AM GMT0 • comment • Reads 64



Article posted February 10, 2009 at 01:56 AM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 63

Lyrics by Akon

Singing by SuperStar9, MoneyInTheBank, Shorty11



It's been so long

That I haven't seen your face

Tryin' to be strong

But the strength I have is washing away

Won't be long, before I get you by my side

And just hold you, tease you, squeeze you

Tell you what's been on my mind



I wanna make up right na na na

I wanna make up right na na na

Wish we never broke up right na na na

we need to link up right na na na



I wanna make up right na na na

I wanna make up right na na na

Wish we never broke up right na na na

we need to link up right na na na



Girl I know, mistakes were made between us two

And we show our ask not that now even said some things weren't true

I can't go and haven't seen my girl since then

why cant it be the way it were

cause you were my homie lover, and friend



I wanna make up right na na na

I wanna make up right na na na

Wish we never broke up right na na na

we need to link up right na na na



I wanna make up right na na na

I wanna make up right na na na

Wish we never broke up right na na na

we need to link up right na na na



I can't lie

I miss you much

Watching everyday that goes by

I miss you much

Till i get you back I'm gonna cry

I miss you much

You are the apple in my eye

Girl I miss you much

I miss you much

I can't lie

I miss you much

Watching everyday that goes by

I miss you much

Till i get you back I m gonna cry

I miss you much

You are the apple on my I

I miss you much

I miss you much



I wanna make up right na na na

I wanna make up right na na na

Wish we never broke up right na na na

we need to link up right na na na



I wanna make up right na na na

I wanna make up right na na na

Wish we never broke up right na na na

we need to link up right na na na



I want you to fly with me

want you to fly

I miss how you lie with me

miss you lie

I wish you could dine with me

wish you could dine

I wondered a crime with me

wondered a crime



I want you to fly with me

want you to fly

I miss how you lie with me

miss how you lie

I wish you could dine with me

wish you could dine

I wondered a crime with me

wondered a crime



I wanna make up right na na na

I wanna make up right na na na

Wish we never broke up right na na na

we need to link up right na na na



I wanna make up right na na na

I wanna make up right na na na

Wish we never broke up right na na na

we need to link up right na na na


Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted February 10, 2009 at 01:56 AM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 63



Article posted March 5, 2009 at 12:10 AM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 80

Salim Haini is 25 years old. He can eat anything you think of. He eats glass, wood, metal, nails, and candles. But eggs and banana makes him sick. He eats cockroaches and he even eats paper. He just wants to get in the Guinness Book of World Records.







That is so cool how he can eat all of those things and his stomach does not hurt. Ouch, who would do that kind of stuff just to get in the Guinness Book of World Records. Wow.

Article posted March 5, 2009 at 12:10 AM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 80



Article posted March 17, 2009 at 01:57 AM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 69

Lyrics by Veronica

Performed by Shorty11 (Click the links at the bottom of the lyrics to hear.)



I go ooh ooh, you go ah ah

Ah la la la Ah la la la



I can la la la l- la la



I wanna wanna wanna get get get what I want

Don't stop

Gimme gimme gimme what you got got

Cause I can't wait wait wait anym-more more more

Don't even talk about the consequence

Cause right now you're the only thing that's making any sense to me

And I don't care what they say, what they think think

Cause you're the only one who's on my mind

I'll never ever let you leave me

I'll try to stop time for ever, never wanna hear you say goodbye (bye bye bye)



I feel so untouched

And I want you so much

That I just can't resist you

It's not enough to say that I miss you

I feel so untouched right now

Need you so much somehow

I can't forget you

I've gone crazy from the moment I met you



Untouched(un)

And I need you so much



See you, breathe you, I want to be you

Ah la la la ah la la la

You can take take tt-take take time time

To live live the way you gotta gotta live your life

Gimme gimme gimme all of you you

Don't be scared

I'll see you through the loneliness of one more more more

Don't even think about what's right or wrong, wrong or right

'Cause in the end it's only you and me and no one else is gonna be around

To answer all the questions left behind

And you and I are meant to be so even if the world falls down today

You've still got me to hold you up up

And I will never let you down (down)



I feel so untouched

And I want you so much

That I just can't resist you

It's not enough to say that I miss you

I feel so untouched right now

Need you so much somehow

I can't forget you

I've gone crazy from the moment I met you



Untouched,(un) untouched, untouched,(un) untouched, untouched(un)

Ah la la la ah la la la

Untouched(un)

Ah la la la ah la la la



I feel so untouched

And I want you so much

That I just can't resist you

It's not enough to say that I miss you

I feel so untouched right now

Need you so much somehow

I can't forget you

I've gone crazy from the moment I met you



I feel so untouched

And I want you so much

That I just can't resist you

It's not enough to say that I miss you

I feel so untouched right now

Need you so much somehow

I can't forget you

I've gone crazy from the moment I met you



Untouched,(un) untouched, untouched(un)



(I want you)

Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted March 17, 2009 at 01:57 AM GMT0 • comment (1) • Reads 69



Article posted March 29, 2009 at 07:51 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 52

There is a bird called AJ, and he does tricks. AJ can play golf, mini golf. He can play bowling and the ball will knock down the pins. It can even play basketball. AJ can roll over, and he can also do a flip. How cool is that? I wish I had a bird just like that. I probably even enter it into a contest.



That bird is so cool. That bird would be cool as a pet. If I could enter it in a contest it would win. That would be so cool.



[LINK]

Article posted March 29, 2009 at 07:51 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 52



Article posted March 31, 2009 at 05:08 PM GMT0 • comment • Reads 87

Lyrics by DJ Flex Belinda



Romantic style in the world

This is the remix

Ha ha

Romantic flow

Con beli yo



Ay na, na, na, nai

Ay na, na, na, nai, nai [x2]



Yeeeaah



[Both:]

Y es que te quiero uo

Baby te quiero uo uo

Desde que te he conocido

You're making me weak



Y es que te quiero uo

Baby te quiero uo uo

Desde que te he conocido

Yo vivo tan feliz



[Flex:]

I wanna hug you girl

I wanna abrazarte

Y mil canciones al oido cantarte

I got a rose and I want a regalarte

Baby girl me enamoraste



[Belinda:]

The unexpected when you say hello



[Both:]

Hola mi vida



[Belinda:]

Was like a song inside my head

Your voice a



[Both:]

Melodia



[Belinda:]

Looking in your eyes I see only



[Both:]

Noches y dias



[Belinda:]

Sin tu inspiracion no existira esta poesia



[Flex:]

Y es que te quiero uo

Baby te quiero uo uo



[Both:]

Desde que te he conocido

You're making me weak

Y es que te quiero uo

Baby te quiero uo uo uo

Ay desde que te he conocido

Yo vivo tan feliz



[Both:]

You, you feel me up deep inside

You are my breath your my life

Can't live without you baby

You make my dreams fly so high

I reach the stars in the sky

Just thinking about you baby



[Belinda:]

You cannot imagine how much I miss you baby



[Flex:]

Cuando no tengo cerca



[Both:]

I feel I'm going crazy



[Flex:]

Y es que te quiero uo(te quiero)

Baby te quiero uo uo(nai nai)



[Both:]

Desde que te he conocido(yeah)

You're making me weak

Y es que te quiero uo uo(nai)

Baby te quiero uo uo(uo uo)

Desde que te he conocido

Yo vivo tan feliz



Ay na, na, na, nai

Yeah yeah

Nay nay

Y es que te quiero uooo...

Na, na, na, nai

Yeah

Yo

This is the remix

Romantic style

Con Beli

Ya tu sabes

Flow

Article posted March 31, 2009 at 05:08 PM GMT0 • comment • Reads 87



Article posted March 29, 2009 at 07:45 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 73

Lyrics by Natasha Bedingfield

Performed by Shorty11



I got a pocket, got a pocketful of sunshine.

I got a love, and I know that it's all mine.

Oh.



Do what you want, but you're never gonna break me.

Sticks and stones are never gonna shake me.

No.



Take me away: A secret place.

A sweet escape: Take me away.



Take me away to better days.

Take me away: A higher place.



I got a pocket, got a pocketful of sunshine.

I got a love, and I know that it's all mine.

Oh.



Do what you want, but you're never gonna break me.

Sticks and stones are never gonna shake me.

No.



I got a pocket, got a pocketful of sunshine.

I got a love, and I know that it's all mine.

Oh.



Wish that you could, but you ain't gonna own me.

Do anything you can to control me.

Oh, no.



Take me away: A secret place.

A sweet escape: Take me away.



Take me away to better days.

Take me away: A higher place.



There's a place that I go,

But nobody knows.

Where the rivers flow,

And I call it home.



And there's no more lies.

In the darkness, there's light.

And nobody cries.

I got a pcket full of sunshine (WP)



There's only butterflies.



Take me away: A secret place.

A sweet escape: Take me away.



Take me away to better days.

Take me away: A higher place.



Take me away: A secret place.

A sweet escape: Take me away.



Take me away to better days.

Take me away: A higher place.



Take me away: A secret place.

To better days take me away.



Take me away to better days.

Take me away: A higher place.



The sun is on my side.

Take me for a ride.

I smile up to the sky.

I know I'll be all right.



The sun is on my side.

Take me for a ride.

I smile up to the sky.

I know I'll be all right.




Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted March 29, 2009 at 07:45 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 73



Article posted March 27, 2009 at 01:44 AM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 63

There is a men from German who can stand 10ft from the ground, and he can stay like that for hours and hours. He can work like that, and he can sit on the air while doing his work. That is so cool. Isn't it so cool?









That is so cool how he can stand 10ft from the air. I wonder, how does he do that?





Article posted March 27, 2009 at 01:44 AM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 63



Article posted March 31, 2009 at 12:19 AM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 72

Lyrics by Avril Lavigne

Performed by Shorty 11



He was a boy, she was a girl

Can I make it anymore obvious?



He was a punk,she did ballet

What more can I say?



He wanted her, she'd never tell

secretly she wanted him as well.



But all of her friends stuck up their nose

they had a problem with his baggy clothes.



He was a skater boy, she said see ya later boy

he wasn't good enough for her

She had a pretty face, but her head was up in space

she needed to come back down to earth.



five years from now, she sits at home

feeding the baby

she's all alone



she turns on tv

guess who she sees

skater boy rockin' up MTV.



she calls up her friends,they already know

and they've all got tickets to see his show



she tags along and stands in the crowd

looks up at the man that she turned down.



He was a skater boy,she said see ya later boy

he wasn't good enough for her

now he's a super star

slamin' on his guitar

does your pretty face see what he's worth?



sorry girl but you missed out

well tough luck that boy's mine now



we are more than just good friends

this is how the story ends



too bad that you couldn't see

see that man that boy could be



there is more that meets the eye

I see the soul that is inside



He's just a boy, and I'm just a girl

can I make it anymore obvious?



we are in love, haven't you heard

how we rock each other's world



I'm with the skater boy, I said see ya later boy

I'll be back stage after the show

I'll be at a studio

singing the song we wrote

about a girl you used to know


Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted March 31, 2009 at 12:19 AM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 72



Article posted April 2, 2009 at 02:37 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 66

Lyrics by Cascada

Hear it performed by Shorty11 by clicking the link at the end.



I still hear your voice, when you sleep next to me.

I still feel your touch in my dreams.(my dreams)

Forgive me my weakness, but I don't know why

Without you it's hard to survive.



'Cause everytime we touch, I get this feeling.

And everytime we kiss I swear I could fly.

Can't you feel my heart beat fast, I want this to last.

Need you by my side.

'Cause everytime we touch, I feel this static.

And everytime we kiss, I reach for the sky.

Can't you hear my heart beat slow...

I can't let you go.

Want you in my life.



Your arms are my castle, your heart is my sky.

They wipe away tears that I cry. (I cry)

The good and the bad times, we've been through them all.

You make me rise when I fall.



'Cause everytime we touch, I get this feeling.

And everytime we kiss I swear I could fly.

Can't you feel my heart beat fast, I want this to last.

Need you by my side.

'Cause everytime we touch, I feel this static.

And everytime we kiss, I reach for the sky.

Can't you hear my heart beat slow...

I can't let you go.

Want you in my life.



'Cause everytime we touch, I get this feeling.

And everytime we kiss I swear I could fly.

Can't you feel my heart beat fast, I want this to last.

Need you by my side.


Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted April 2, 2009 at 02:37 PM GMT0 • comment (2) • Reads 66



Article posted April 22, 2009 at 03:22 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 70

Lyrics by Miley Cyrus

Hear it performed by Shorty11 by clicking the link at the end.



I can almost see it

That dream I’m dreaming but

There’s a voice inside my head sayin,

You’ll never reach it,

Every step I’m taking,

Every move I make feels

Lost with no direction

My faith is shaking but I

Got to keep trying

Got to keep my head held high



There’s always going to be another mountain

I’m always going to want to make it move

Always going to be an uphill battle,

Sometimes I'm going to have to lose,

Ain’t about how fast I get there,

Ain’t about what’s waiting on the other side

It’s the climb



The struggles I’m facing,

The chances I’m taking

Sometimes they might knock me down but

No I’m not breaking

I may not know it

But these are the moments that

I’m going to remember most yeah

Just got to keep going

And I,

I got to be strong

Just keep pushing on,

cause



There’s always going to be another mountain

I’m always going to want to make it move

Always going to be an uphill battle,

Sometimes I'm going to have to lose,

Ain’t about how fast I get there,

Ain’t about what’s waiting on the other side

It’s the climb



There’s always going to be another mountain

I’m always going to want to make it move

Always going to be an uphill battle,

Somebody's you're going to have to lose,

Ain’t about how fast I get there,

Ain’t about what’s waiting on the other side

It’s the climb



Keep on moving

Keep climbing

Keep the faith baby

It’s all about

It’s all about

The climb

Keep the faith

Keep your faith

Podcast Play
Podcast Download

Article posted April 22, 2009 at 03:22 PM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 70



Article posted May 28, 2009 at 01:11 AM GMT0 • comment (3) • Reads 101

Inspired by Miley Cyrus



Characters:

Molly

Holly

Narrator

Joe

John

Everbody

Max



Molly: You don't understand

what it is

That makes me tick,

but you wish you did

You always second guess

wonderin' I say yes

but you just lose out every time

If you only knew

what I talked about When I'm with my friends

just hangin' out

Then you'd have the inside scoop

On what to say,

what to do

That way when you play the game Baby,

you can never lose

Don't you wish that you could be a fly on the wall?

A creepy little

sneaky little

fly on the wall?

All my precious secrets,

yeah, you'd know them all

Don't you wish that you could be

a fly on the wall?

You'd love to know

the things I do

When I'm with my friends

and not with you

You always second guess,

wonderin' If there's other guys

I'm flirtin' with

You should know by now

If you were my boyfriend,

I'd be true to you

If I make a promise,

I'm comin' through

Don't you wish that you could

See me every second of the day

That way you would have no doubt

That baby I would never change

Don't you wish

that you could be a fly on the wall

A creepy little sneaky little fly on the wall?

All my precious secrets,

yeah, you'd know them all

Don't you wish that you could

be a fly on the wall?

A little communication

Well, that will go a long way

You're getting misinformation

Too much she say,

he say

And what I say is

Come a little closer

And what I'm gonna say is

Don't ya, don't ya Don't ya, don't ya

Wish you were a?

Hey Don't you wish that you

could be a fly on the wall

A creepy little sneaky little

fly on the wall?

All my precious secrets,

yeah, you'd know them all

Don't you wish that you could

be a fly on the wall?



Holly: That was a really good concert.



Molly: Thanks.



Holly: Molly, I have a feeling that because of the concerts, shows, and the clothes you have to try on, we are not doing stuff together like we used to when we were small.



Molly: I know, but I have no time.



Narrator: Molly and Holly went to Molly’s house. There they found their friend Joe.



Molly: Hey, Holly, I got a great idea. Why don’t you hang out with Joe?



Joe: What about me?



Molly: I was saying that. Why won’t you and Holly hang out tomorrow while I am sticking with my busy schedule?



Joe: I would like to hang out with Holly.

Holly: OK, but you owe me. You have to hang out with me for whole day.



Holly: OK.



Narrator: The next day comes and Molly is ready for her show. Molly gets there and it is almost time to start.



John: So, Molly why don’t you sing a song for us.



Molly: Oh, no.



John: Please. Come on everybody say “sing sing sing sing sing”!



Everybody: sing sing sing sing sing sign!



Molly: OK!

Boom clap,

boom de clap de clap

Boom boom clap,

boom de clap de clap

Boom boom clap,

boom de clap de clap

Boom boom clap,

boom de clap de clap

Try it with me,

here we go

Boom boom clap,

boom de clap de clap

(Whoa oh oh)

(That's right!)

Boom boom clap,

boom de clap de clap

(Whoa oh oh)

Boom boom clap,

boom de clap de clap

Boom boom clap,

boom de clap de clap

1, 2, 3! Everybody come on, off your seats

I'm gonna tell you about a beat

That's gonna make you move your feet

I'll give the BBQ Show and tell you how to move If you're 5 or 82

This is something you can do

Pop it, lock it, polka dot it

Country fivin', hip hop hip

Put your arms in the sky,

move side to side

Jump to the left,

stick it, glide Zig zag 'cross the floor

Shuffle in diagonal

When the drum hits hands on your hips

One-footed 180 twist

And then a zig zag, step, slide Lean in left,

clap three times Shake it out, head to toe

Throw it all together, that's how we roll

Do the hoedown (Throwdown!)

Do the hoedown (Throwdown!)

Do the hoedown (Throwdown!)

Throw it all together, that's how we roll

We get to four, five, six

And you're feelin' busted

But it's not time to quit

Practice makes you perfect

Pop it, lock it, polka dot it

Country fivin', hip hop hip

Put your arms in the sky, move side to side

Jump to the left, stick it, glide Zig zag 'cross the floor

Shuffle in diagonal

When the drum hits hands on your hips

One-footed 180 twist

And then a zig zag, step, slide

Lean in left, clap three times Shake it out, head to toe

Throw it all together, that's how we roll

Do the hoedown (Throwdown!)

Do the hoedown (Throwdown!)

Do the hoedown (Throwdown!)

Throw it all together, that's how we roll

Boom de clap de clap, boom boom clap

Come on, here we go!

Boom boom clap, boom de clap de clap

Boom boom clap, boom de clap

Pop it, lock it, polka dot it

Country fivin', hip hop hip

Put your arms in the sky, move side to side

Jump to the left, stick it, glide Zig zag 'cross the floor

Shuffle in diagonal

When the drum hits hands on your hips

One-footed 180 twist

And then a zig zag, step, slide

Lean in left, clap three times

Shake it out, head to toe

Throw it all together, that's how we roll

Do the hoedown (Throwdown!)

Do the hoedown (Throwdown!)

Do the hoedown (Throwdown!)

Throw it all together, that's how we roll

Do the hoedown (Throwdown!)

Do the hoedown (Throwdown!)

Do the hoedown (Throwdown!)

Throw it all together, that's how we roll

Boom dap clap, b-boom de clap clap clap

Boom dap clap, b-boom de clap clap

Boom de clap, boom de clap de clap

Throw it all together, that's how we roll.



John: That was really good, but guess what? Our time is up. See you next time.



Narrator: Back stage John is talking to Molly.



John: That was a really good song.



Molly: Thanks, I loved the show.



Narrator: Molly goes back home.



Holly: Can we hang out now Molly?



Molly: No, I cannot because I have a concert in 10 minutes, and I am going to get ready right now.



Narrator: Molly gets ready and goes to the concert. Molly gets there and she has to get to the backstage fast.



Molly: OK, I am here.



Max: You are late. Get dressed and put on makeup fast. You are on in 5 minutes.



Molly: OK.



Narrator: Molly, gets dressed and put on makeup fast.



Max: You are on in 3. . .2. . .1!



Chris: Give it up for Molly!



(Everybody screams.)



Molly:

You tucked me in, turned out the light